268
Further Education Course Guide 2013/14

South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

Further Education Guide listing all further education courses for academic year 2013/14

Citation preview

Page 1: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

Further EducationCourse Guide2013/14

Page 2: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14
Page 3: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

3This Guide provides a comprehensive insight into the range of education and training opportunities available to you at South Nottingham College. Our excellent reputation for student support and achievement coupled with superb facilities and resources and highly qualified and dedicated staff, provides students with a first class and friendly learning environment.

We offer a range of full and part-time study opportunities at all levels in a diverse range of subject areas. Recent changes in education have brought a wealth of additional opportunities which have helped us to further develop relevant and practical programmes from Apprenticeships to Extended Diplomas to enable you to progress into employment or into Higher Education.

Our most recent OFSTED inspection highlighted that the quality of teaching and learning and the success of South Nottingham College students is amongst the best both locally and nationally.

As well as many individual success stories, 2011/12 was one of the most successful years ever as the College’s ‘Balls to Poverty’ programme was honoured with a prestigious Queen’s Award – read more on page 260.

The College prides itself in being central to the communities in which we serve and our learners and employees are central to what we do. South Nottingham College can help you realise and achieve your ambitions, whatever they may be. Education is an enjoyable and dynamic experience. Let us show you how it’s done.

We look forward to welcoming you to South Nottingham College soon and if you need to clarify any information in this guide, please contact our course information service on 0115 914 6414

WELCOME

Page 4: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Page 5: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

5CONTENTSWELCOME

ALL YOU NEED TO KNOWApprenticeshipsQualification Framework

OUR COURSESAccess to Higher EducationAutomotive Apprenticeships – EMCATAutomotive Vehicle TechnologyBusiness, IT & ProfessionalCare & Childhood StudiesConstructionElectricalEngineering & ManufacturingFoundation LearningHairdressing & Beauty TherapyLifelong Learning – ESOLScience & Academic ProgressionSportTravel & TourismUniformed Public ServicesVisual Arts & Digital Media

COLLEGE SERVICES & SUPPORT FOR STUDENTS

FURTHER INFORMATION

SOUTH NOTTINGHAM COLLEGE BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT

SPORTS ACADEMY

THE INSTITUTE OF TRAVEL TOURISM OF THE GAMBIA (ITTOG)

BALLS TO POVERTY

MAP

BUSES TO COLLEGE

COURSE LISTINGS

LOCATIONS

APPLICATION FORM

3

6 1011

122432425874

126134146174188196204220225230

254

256

257

258

259

260

262

263

264

266

267

PLEASE NOTE

Although every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of this publication, it is intended for guidance only. The College reserves the right to withdraw or change classes or fees as necessary. For further information please refer to our website. www.snc.ac.uk

FOR DETAILED COURSE LISTINGS

GO TO PAGES 264/265

Page 6: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

This Guide relates mainly to learning programmes of 450 hours or more per year. It would be impossible to give details of our entire range of programmes and services within a single document. However, we do produce a wide range of information relating to other aspects of our provision in our Part-time Course Guide. Please call Course Information on 0115 914 6414 for a copy.

If you require information from this guide in an alternative format, for example large text, please contact Student Services at the College or call 0115 884 2366

EQUALITY & DIVERSITY At South Nottingham College you have a right to be treated with respect and dignity during your time with us as a learner, member of staff, visitor or service user. To achieve this the College will endeavour to ensure that you are not treated less favourably because of your age, disability, gender, gender identity, parental or marital status, race or nationality, religion or belief, sexual orientation, trade union activity or any unrelated criminal convictions. South Nottingham College is proud of, and values the contributions made by the rich diversity of all who work and learn here. It is our aim to provide an inclusive working and learning environment where everyone in the College community is fully respected and supported.

SAFEGUARDING

South Nottingham College is committed to the safeguarding of all the members of its community. We have a statutory and moral duty to ensure that we protect against harm and/or abuse and promote the welfare of our young people and vulnerable adults when they are receiving education and training at the College.

The designated person and lead for Safeguarding is the Head of Learner Services - 0115 914 6376.

INFORMATION EVENINGS

Potential students, friends and family are all invited to visit the College during one of our Information Evenings to see the excellent facilities and receive advice and guidance about our full-time and part-time courses from our teaching staff.

We are holding Information Evenings from 5.00-7.30pm in 2012 as follows:

Monday 15 October 2012 Maid Marian Way Centre London Road Centre

Tuesday 16 October 2012 EMCAT Ruddington Centre West Bridgford Centre

Wednesday 17 October 2012 Beeston Centre Arthur Mee Centre

Thursday 18 October 2012 Clifton - Charnwood Centre

TASTERS In addition to Information Evenings, South Nottingham College offers a range of Taster Sessions throughout the academic year. These include subjects across the curriculum and allow students to experience what the course might be like, to talk to tutors and experience what it is like to be a student at South Nottingham College.

For an up-to-date listing of Taster Sessions please visit the website www.snc.ac.uk where you can register interest and book a place. For large school groups we can also arrange bespoke sessions to meet the group’s interests.

If schools wish to book a group session or arrange a College tour for their students, please contact Jane Nutt, Marketing Officer, on 0115 945 7266 or email: [email protected]

ALL YOU NEED TO KNOW

Page 7: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

7HOW TO APPLY

You can apply to South Nottingham College at any time, the earlier the better within the year. Whether you are about to sit your GCSEs or are considering returning to education the following steps will apply:

• Research the best options for you.• Complete application form and send it to the College. There is one at the back of this guide. You can also download one from the website or visit one of our centres to pick one up. • A careers guidance interview can be arranged if you are unsure about the career you want to pursue. • An appointment will be made for you to meet a course tutor for an informal advisory interview.• If an appropriate programme of study is agreed, an offer of a place on a course will be made to you.• You will be invited to attend a Welcome to College Event to learn even more about your chosen course and meet other students. • Finally, complete the application process by enrolling on your course.

By making an application you have not committed to the College. This procedure merely allows us to examine the best options for you. We therefore recommend that you apply for your course as early as possible.

The College welcomes mature students. Following the guidance above, mature students may need to complete an assessment, before a final offer is made.

COLLEGE CENTRE LOCATIONS

South Nottingham College offers a breadth of courses across a number of centres all over Nottingham and Nottinghamshire. Please see the locations map at the back of this guide for full address details.

ADDITIONAL LEARNING SUPPORT FOR FE STUDENTS

We have a large team of specialist tutors and provide a variety of methods of support for students with additional needs. Students with physical disabilities, mobility problems, hearing and sight impairment, dyslexia and other needs can rely on professional and dedicated support. We will endeavour to provide support staff, adapted facilities and specialist equipment at all times.

FEES

Students aged 16-18 on a full-time course do not need to pay a tuition fee. Students aged 19 or above may have to pay course fees which can be paid before the course starts or by instalments over the duration of an academic year.

Some students over 19 may qualify for ‘tuition fee remission’ from the Skills Funding Agency (SFA). For further details please contact the College’s Telephone Enquiry Centre on 0115 914 6414.

STUDENT FINANCE

16-18 Bursary Fund16-18 Bursary Fund is available to ‘home’ students aged between 16 and 18 on 31st August 2013 studying on eligible courses. Learners do not have to live in Nottinghamshire to be eligible, but support will be based on individual need and related to the household or learner income.

Help is usually given in the form of a grant towards specific and actual costs involved in coming to College, such as:

• Required course kit/equipment• Essential study visits• Examination re-sits• Travel to and from College• Applications are accepted from the end of August. Forms are available from Student Services or your Centre Reception.

Page 8: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

16-18 Vulnerable Student Bursary (VSB)Vulnerable students aged 16-18 will be eligible to receive a special VSB of £1,200. Vulnerable students are specifically named as:

• Young people in Care or Care Leavers• Young people in receipt of Income Support• Young people in receipt of both Employment Support Allowance and Disability Living Allowance.• The £1,200 support package will be tailored to meet the needs of the individual student and may contain help with transport, kit and other course costs.

19+ Student FundThe 19+ Student Fund is part of the Discretionary Learner Support Funds provided by Government and distributed by Colleges. Grants are available to full or part-time ‘home’ students, aged 19 or over on 31st August 2013, enrolled on a Government funded, priority course, who can demonstrate need. You do not have to live in Nottinghamshire to be eligible for help from this fund. Help is usually given in the form of a grant towards specific and actual costs involved in coming to College, such as: Transport costs for learners whose home is not within reasonable walking distance (3 mile round trip) from their main centre of study - special consideration may be given to students with disabilities or with caring responsibilities. Discounted travel passes should be available at the beginning of term, details will be available in August.

For those students in receipt of benefits, such assistance is normally disregarded by the DSS and therefore help from the 19+ Student Fund should not affect benefits, however, it is recommended that learners declare any assistance given.

If you are aged 20+ and need to arrange childcare while you are at College, we can advise you on whether financial assistance is available. Please contact the Student Finance Team, by telephoning 0115 914 6414. (Note: students under the age of 20 should be eligible for Care to Learn funding - please ask for an application pack).

If you would like to discuss your individual needs, or would like help in filling out the application form, call in at Student Services or your Centre Reception to arrange an appointment at the Centre of your

choice. If you would prefer an application form posting to you, or would like to talk to someone about your particular circumstances, please telephone the Student Finance Team on 0115 914 6414

24+ Advanced Learning LoansFrom August 2013, the government is introducing student loans for all students aged 24 and above, who want to study or train at Level 3 and above. The loans will be called 24+ Advanced Learning Loans. Courses or training at Level 2 or below will continue to be funded by the government.

24+ Advanced Learning Loans will enable students aged 24 and above to cover the cost of any tuition and exam fees, so they don’t have to pay these costs upfront. Applications for 24+ Advanced Learning Loans will be via the Student Loans Company (SLC) and any repayment of the loan won’t start until the student is earning over £21,000 a year. Interest on the loans will be lower than anything on the high street and linked to inflation. Any outstanding balance will be written off after 30 years. For students studying Access to Higher Education courses, the government has agreed that for those students who move onto Higher Education and complete their Higher Education programme, the Student Loans Company will write off any amount outstanding on the loan for their Access to Higher Education course. Applications for 24+ Advanced Learning Loans will open in April 2013 and will be available via www.direct.gov.uk/educationandlearning

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

Full-time applications for international students must be made via the International Application Form.Please contact:Tel: 0115 884 2218Email: [email protected]: www.snc.ac.uk/international

Page 9: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

9

Page 10: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Apprenticeships are a great way to study for a nationally recognised qualification whilst getting on the job training in the workplace and earning money while you learn. You will be employed by a local company in your chosen occupational sector. Learning for the apprenticeship will take place in College one day per week. An apprentice builds up knowledge and develops their skills inthe workplace which enables them to produce evidence for their qualification. The programme will consist of a competence based QCF (NVQ), knowledge based Technical Certificate and Functional Skills.

Intermediate Apprenticeships are at Level 2 and there is the opportunity to progress to an Advanced Apprenticeship at Level 3. There is a wide range of Apprenticeships available at South Nottingham College including:

• Bench Joinery• Bricklaying• Business Administration• Childcare• Cleaning• Construction Operations• Customer Service• Electrical• Electrotechnical Technology• Engineering• Enterprise• Environmental Conservation• Food and Drink Manufacture/Processing• Hairdressing

• Health and Social Care• Horticulture• Hospitality• Housing• Information and Communication Technology• Leadership, Management and Team Leading• Painting and Decorating• Plastering• Plumbing• Security• Site Carpentry• Vehicle Body and Paint Operations• Vehicle Maintenance and Repair• Vehicle Refinishing• Warehousing and Storage

If you would like more information about Apprenticeships, contact us on 0115 945 7260. Once you’ve achieved your qualification, you’ll have proof that you’ve acquired real marketable skills and knowledge which will help you in your chosen career.

APPRENTICESHIPS

Page 11: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

11

Doctorate

Masters Degree Post-Graduate Certificate / Diploma PGCE

Graduate Certificate / Diploma Bachelors Degree

Foundation Degree Higher National Diploma (HND) DTLLS

Higher Apprenticeship NVQ/VRC Level 4

NVQ Level 3 14-19 Advanced Diploma

Apprenticeship NVQ Level 214-19 Higher Diploma

NVQ Level 1Foundation

14-19 Diploma

Entry Level 1, 2 & 3Certificates

Professional DevelopmentDiploma (PDD)

BTEC Level 3 Award / Certificate / Diploma

BTEC Level 2 Award / Certificate / Diploma

BTEC Introductory Certificate / Diploma Level 1 Skills For Life

(English & Maths)

Entry Level BTEC Award / Certificate / Diploma Skills For Life (English & Maths)

Higher National Certificate(HNC)

AS & A2 Levels14-19 Advanced Diploma

GCSE Grade A* to CBTEC Level 2 Award /

Certificate / Diploma ESOL

GCSE Grade D to GBTEC Level 1 Award /

Certificate / Diploma ESOL

English For Speakers Of Other Languages (ESOL)

CTLLS BTEC Professional Award

PTLLSAccess To Higher Education

Pre Access Course

Functional Skills Level 1

Functional Skills(English, Maths & ICT)

Level 8

Level 7

Level 6

Level 5

Level 4

Level 3

Level 2

Level 1

Entry LevelFo

unda

tion

Lear

ning

Qualifications currently available are being brought together into a series of distinct pathways.

Whatever your qualifications, previous experience or age, please do not hesitate to contact us to discuss your options. Call us on 0115 914 6414.

At South Nottingham College we offer courses up to Level 5.

QUALIFICATIONS FRAMEWORK

Page 12: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

The Access and Pre-Access programmes are designed for adults who may wish to return to education after a break. They provide a supportive academic programme that will prepare you for study in Higher Education or in developing a new career. The Access to HE Diploma courses are designed for people who wish to go to university but lack the usual qualifications, such as A-Levels and GCSEs.

The specific academic, profession or vocation pathway appears in the title e.g. Access to HE Social Sciences or Access to HE Diploma Nursing & Midwifery. The Access to HE Diploma is accepted by universities as an appropriate entry qualification for most undergraduate courses.

Access to HE Diplomas aim to ensure that you are well prepared for university study as well as future employment therefore in addition to studying core subjects within your pathway of choice, all programmes include units to develop study skills and ICT.

Learning is assessed in a variety of methods to prepare you to study at university. These may include extended essays, timed assessments under controlled conditions and report writing.

A good command of written and spoken English is an essential prerequisite of all the Access programmes. All applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths, only those demonstrating skills at Level 2 will proceed to interview. On some pathways a recognised GCSE A to C in English may be necessary to get onto the programme.

For those students who are not yet ready to undertake study at Level 3 we have created our own Pre-Access programmes. These offer an opportunity to gain GCSE qualifications or develop study skills before progressing onto the full diploma. You will study a combination of GCSEs including Maths and English Language in addition to a BTEC certificate.

New pathways are being developed for September 2013. These include Engineering and Science and may include programmes such as Sport Science & Nutrition and Environmental Science. Please visit the website for the latest course information.

The Access to Higher Education Diploma is approved by the Quality Assurance Agency, QAA.

ACCESS TO HIGHER EDUCATION

Page 13: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

13Course ContentThis pathway provides an academic qualification which leads to a range of academic and vocational undergraduate programmes. Progression routes of study include Business, Marketing, Human Resources, Accounting and Retail Management.

Entry RequirementsNo formal qualifications are required however you must be able to demonstrate your ability to write at least to a Level 2 standard, equivalent to GCSE grade A* to C and show the ability to develop these skills further. All applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths, prior to interview, and must be able to demonstrate current skills at Level 2 for entry onto the programme. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved.

Subjects/Modules• Business• ICT• Marketing• Economics• HR• Maths and English

AssessmentExamination & continual assessment.

ProgressionVarious undergraduate opportunities in Higher Education.

Career opportunities include:

• Business• Finance • Retail • Other related industries

QualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

BUSINESS

Page 14: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis is an academic qualification leading to a range of teaching and related undergraduate programmes. Career progression includes Primary and Early Years Teaching, Teaching and Learning Support roles. The programme comprises English, Sociology, Biology, Psychology and Modern Social History with the common theme of prejudice integrated through each curriculum area. A range of extra-curricular activities are offered through the programme of study including visits to the Imperial War and Natural History Museums and a residential to Auschwitz, Poland. An opportunity exists to undertake AQA GCSE Maths alongside this qualification.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English Language at grade A* to C. Prior to interview, assessments will be undertaken to demonstrate current skill at Level 2 in English and Maths, and to show the ability to progress. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any qualifications you may have achieved. GCSE Maths & Science are also desirable but not essential.

Subjects/Modules• English• Sociology• Biology• Psychology• ICT • Modern Social History

AssessmentExamination and continual assessment.

Essential InformationGCSE English Language A to C is required for entry.

ProgressionUndergraduate study at Higher Education Level.

Career opportunities include:

Primary & Early Years Teaching and related vocations .

CAREERS IN EDUCATIONQualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 15: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

15

Page 16: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis pathway is an academic qualification which leads to a range of academic and vocational undergraduate programmes. Progression routes of study include Social Work, Youth Justice and Law and Criminology plus wider careers in the legal profession.

Entry RequirementsNo formal qualifications are required however you must be able to demonstrate your ability to write at least to a Level 2 standard equivalent to GCSE grade A* to C and show the ability to develop these skills further. All applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths, prior to interview and must able to demonstrate current skills at Level 2 for entry onto the programme. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved.

Subjects/Modules• Criminology• Law • Sociology• Psychology• ICT • Maths and English

AssessmentExamination and continual assessment.

ProgressionUndergraduate programmes in Law, Business, Social Work and Psychology.

Career opportunities include:

• Law• Policing• Psychology

CRIMINOLOGY & LAWQualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 17: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

17Course ContentThis is an academic qualification leading to a range of English and Humanities undergraduate programmes. The programme comprises English, Sociology and Modern Social History with the common theme of prejudice integrated through each curriculum area. A range of extra-curricular activities are offered through the programme of study including visits to the Imperial War and Natural History Museums and a residential to Auschwitz, Poland. An opportunity exists to undertake AQA GCSE Maths alongside this qualification.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English Language at grade A* to C and will need to demonstrate at assessments, prior to interview, current skills at Level 2 in English and Maths. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any qualifications you may have achieved.

Subjects/Modules• English• Modern Social History• ICT• Sociology• Psychology• Maths

AssessmentExamination and continual assessment.

Essential InformationApplicants must hold a GCSE English Language A to C prior to entry.

ProgressionVaried undergraduate programmes in Higher Education.

Career opportunities include:

Various opportunities within Teaching, Business, Law and Humanities.

ENGLISH & HUMANITIESQualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 18: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis pathway is an academic qualification which leads to a range of academic and vocational undergraduate programmes within Nursing and the Health Care professions. Progression routes of study include Nursing, Midwifery, Paramedic and related occupations. Subjects studied on the programme include Human Biology, Psychology and Sociology. An opportunity exists to undertake AQA GCSE Maths alongside this qualification.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English Language at grade A* to C and will need to demonstrate at assessments, prior to interview, current skills at Level 2 in English and Maths. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any qualifications you may have achieved. Maths at GCSE A* to C is preferred but not essential.

Subjects/Modules• Biology• Human Biology• Sociology• ICT• Psychology

AssessmentExamination and continual assessment.

Essential InformationApplicants must have a GCSE English Language A to C prior to entry.

ProgressionNursing and other related undergraduate programmes of study.

Career opportunities include:

All aspects of Nursing and other healthcare professions.

NURSING & MIDWIFERYQualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 19: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

19Course ContentThis qualification is intended for those students who need to develop their skills and knowledge before progressing onto an Access to HE Business Diploma. Assessment is through the GCSE examinations and BTEC First Certificate in Business. Subjects undertaken will include GCSE Maths and English Language along with various business units within the Certificate.

Entry RequirementsNo formal qualifications are required however you must be able to show your ability to develop your skills and work towards a Level 2 standard equivalent to GCSE grade A* to C. Prior to interview all applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved.

Subjects/Modules• Maths• English• Business• ICT

AssessmentExamination and continual assessment.

ProgressionProgression on Access to HE Diplomas and other Level 3 qualifications.

Career opportunities include:

All aspects of business, retailing and related careers.

PRE-ACCESS – BUSINESSQualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 20: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

PRE-ACCESS – GENERICCourse ContentThis qualification is intended for those students who need to develop their skills and knowledge before progressing onto an Access to Higher Education Diploma. Subjects undertaken are varied but will include GCSE Maths, English Language and ICT.

Entry RequirementsNo formal qualifications are required however you must be able to show your ability to develop your skills and work towards a Level 2 standard, equivalent to GCSE grade A* to C. All applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths, prior to interview. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved.

Subjects/Modules• Maths• English• ICT • Employability

AssessmentAssessment is through a combination of GCSE examinations and BTEC Certificates. A portfolio of work will also be required.

ProgressionSuccessful completion of the programme will enable progression onto all Access to HE pathways in addition to other Level 3 programmes of study.

QualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 21: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

21

Page 22: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SOCIAL SCIENCES (INC. LAW)

Course ContentThis is an academic qualification leading to a broad range of academic and vocational undergraduate degrees.

Entry RequirementsNo formal qualifications are required however you must be able to demonstrate your ability to write at least to a Level 2 standard equivalent to GCSE grade A* to C and show the ability to develop these skills further. Prior to interview all applicants will undertake assessments in English and Maths and must be able to demonstrate current skills at Level 2 for entry onto the programme. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any other qualifications you may have achieved.

Subjects/Modules• Psychology• Sociology• Law• Maths • English• ICT

AssessmentExamination and continual assessment.

ProgressionA variety of vocational undergraduate degree programmes.

Career opportunities include:

• Social Work• Health & Social Care• Youth Work

QualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 23: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

23Course ContentThis is an academic qualification leading to a broad range of academic degrees in Humanities from Psychology, Sociology, History to Politics and International Relations. It can also lead to the studying of vocational degrees such as Social Work, Health & Social Care and Youth Work. The programme comprises Sociology, Psychology and Modern Social History with the common theme of prejudice integrated through each curriculum area. A range of extra-curricular activities are offered through the programme of study including visits to the Imperial War and Natural History Museums and a residential to Auschwitz, Poland. An opportunity exists to undertake AQA GCSE Maths alongside this qualification.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have the minimum requirement of GCSE English Language at grade A* to C. Prior to interview applicants will need to demonstrate at an assessment their current skills at Level 2 in English and Maths. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview along with evidence of any qualifications you may have achieved.

Subjects/Modules• Psychology • Sociology• History• Maths• ICT

AssessmentExamination and continual assessment.

Essential InformationApplicants must have a GCSE English Language A to C prior to entry.

ProgressionA variety of undergraduate programmes in Higher Education.

Career opportunities include:

• Social Work• Politics • Youth Work• Health & Social Care

SOCIAL SCIENCES & HUMANITIES (INC. HISTORY)

QualificationCAVA Access to HE Diploma

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 24: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

AUTOMOTIVE APPRENTICESHIPS – EMCATApprentices bring considerable value to organisations, employers and individuals. An apprentice is employed by a business and will receive “on-the-job” training with a view to gaining the relevant knowledge/skills whilst working towards a Vocational Competence Qualification (VCQ).

By becoming an apprentice you will earn while you learn and develop the skills you will need to become a fully qualified Automotive Technician. As you progress through your qualifications you will become a more valuable member of staff and your earning abilities will increase accordingly.

South Nottingham College (EMCAT) as a training provider will make sure you have the relevant support. Our job is to ensure that your training fits your personal requirements, offers the skills needed for the job and meets national standards.

Whatever your ambition, an apprenticeship offers you a fantastic head-start in your working life.

Page 25: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

25Course ContentApprenticeships provide college and work-based training for people who want to learn new skills and gain qualifications. The Apprenticeship qualification framework for Vehicle Maintenance & Repair includes a Vocational Competence Qualification (VCQ), a Vocational Related Qualification (VRQ), and Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT. The course covers the technical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle industry, from servicing to the diagnosis of system faults. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles.

Entry RequirementsYou will need to be employed carrying out appropriate tasks. In addition applicants must have achieved 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or Level 1 Motor Vehicle qualification or other equivalent qualification. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths achievement at Level 1 plus initial assessments.

Subjects/Modules• Housekeeping• Health and Safety• Electrical Units & Components Removing & Replacing• Chassis Units & Components Removing & Replacing• Fuel, Ignition, Air and Exhaust System Units & Component• Routine Light Vehicle Maintenance Workplace• Engine Units & Components Removing & Replacing• Employment Rights and Responsibilities (ERR)• Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT

AssessmentThere will be continuous assessment throughout the course through practical assessments, ‘on-line’ multiple-choice exams and by assessments set by the College. You will also need to build up a portfolio of evidence of your work.

Essential InformationWhilst attending training at EMCAT all apprentices will be required to bring their own work boots and overalls for the workshop activities.

ProgressionProgression can be made onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair or other similar Level 3 qualifications. The programme will also help you to progress within the Motor Vehicle industry.

Career opportunities include:

• Motor Vehicle Technician• Fast Fit Operations• Roadside Assistance and Recovery

QualificationApprenticeship IMIAL Diploma Level 2 in Light Vehicle Maintenance & Repair Competence (VCQ)

Duration18 months to 2 years

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location Ruddington Centre – EMCAT

How To ApplyApplication Form

Online – EMCAT website

LIGHT VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 26: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentApprenticeships provide college and work-based training for people who want to learn new skills and gain qualifications. The Advanced Apprenticeship qualification framework for Vehicle Maintenance & Repair includes a Vocational Competence Qualification (VCQ), Vocational Related Qualification (VRQ), and Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT. The course covers the technical needs for today’s motor vehicle industry, including the diagnosis of complex system faults. It provides technical and advanced knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles.

Entry RequirementsYou will need to be employed carrying out appropriate tasks and hold a Level 2 Motor Vehicle qualification. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Diagnosis & Rectification of Vehicle Auxiliary - Electrical • Diagnosis & Rectification of Light Vehicle - Engine Faults • Diagnosis & Rectification of Light Vehicle - Chassis • Diagnosis & Rectification of Light Vehicle - Transmission • Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT

AssessmentThere will be continuous assessment throughout the course through practical assessments,‘on-line’ multiple-choice exams and by assessments set by the College. You will also need to build up a portfolio of evidence of your work.

Essential InformationWhilst attending training at EMCAT all apprentices will be required to bring their own work boots and overalls for the workshop activities.

ProgressionProgression can be made onto the IMI Level 4 Diploma for Automotive Master Technicians or other similar Level 4 qualifications. It can also help you to progress to other work-based training in the Motor Vehicle industry or higher level study at university. The programme will also help you to progress within the Motor Vehicle industry.

Career opportunities include:

• Motor Vehicle Technician• Auto Electrician• Supervisor / Team Leader

QualificationApprenticeship IMIAL Diploma Level 3 in Light Vehicle Maintenance & Repair Competence (VCQ)

Duration1 year to 18 months

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location Ruddington Centre – EMCAT

How To ApplyApplication Form

Online – EMCAT website

LIGHT VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Page 27: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

27Course ContentApprenticeships provide college and work-based training for people who want to learn new skills and gain qualifications. The Apprenticeship qualification framework for Vehicle Body Repair includes a Vocational Competence Qualification (VCQ), a Vocational Related Qualification (VRQ), and Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT. The course covers the technical and practical needs for today’s motor vehicle repair industry. It provides essential knowledge for body repair technicians working on light vehicles.

Entry RequirementsYou will need to be employed carrying out appropriate tasks and 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or a Level 1 Motor Vehicle qualification or other equivalent qualification. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths achievement at Level 1 plus initial assessments.

Subjects/Modules• Workplace Housekeeping• Health and Safety• Removing & Replacing Exterior Motor Vehicle Body Panels Including Permanently Fixed• Carrying out Minor Repairs to Motor Vehicles • Exterior Body Panel Repairs • Active Gas (MAG) Welding & Spot Welding • Removing & Fitting Motor Mechanical, Electrical & Trim (MET) Components to Vehicles• Employment Rights and Responsibilities (ERR)• Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT

AssessmentThere will be continuous assessment throughout the course through practical assessments, ‘on-line’ multiple-choice exams and by assessments set by the College. You will also need to build up a portfolio of evidence of your work.

Essential InformationWhilst attending training at EMCAT all apprentices will be required to bring their own work boots and overalls for the workshop activities.

ProgressionProgression can be made onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Body Repair or other similar Level 3 qualifications. The programme will also help you to progress within the Motor Vehicle industry.

Career opportunities include:

• Motor Vehicle Body Repairer• Motor Vehicle Body Builder

QualificationApprenticeship IMIAL Diploma Level 2 in Vehicle Accident Repair Body Competence (VCQ)

Duration18 months to 2 years

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location Ruddington Centre – EMCAT

How To ApplyApplication Form

Online – EMCAT website

VEHICLE ACCIDENT BODY REPAIR

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 28: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentApprenticeships provide college and work-based training for people who want to learn new skills and gain qualifications. The Advanced Apprenticeship qualification framework for Vehicle Body Repair includes a Vocational Competence Qualification (VCQ), a Vocational Related Qualification (VRQ), and Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT. The course covers the technical and practical needs for today’s motor vehicle body repair industry. It provides advanced and technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages and dealerships.

Entry RequirementsYou will need to be employed and to be able to carry out appropriate tasks and hold a Level 2 Vehicle Body Repair qualification. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Remove & Replace Structural Vehicle Body Panels• Competency in Identifying and Rectifying Motor Vehicle Body Misalignment• Motor Vehicle Body Panel Major Repairs • Motor Vehicle Body Metal Inert Gas (MIG) Brazing• Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT

AssessmentThere will be continuous assessment throughout the course through practical assessments, ‘on-line’ multiple-choice exams and by assessments set by the College. You will also need to build up a portfolio of evidence of your work.

Essential InformationWhilst attending training at EMCAT all apprentices will be required to bring their own work boots and overalls for the workshop activities.

ProgressionProgression can be made onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Body Repair or other similar Level 3 qualifications. The programme will also help you to progress within the motor vehicle industry.

Career opportunities include:

• Estimator• Motor Vehicle Body Repairer • Supervisor / Team Leader

QualificationApprenticeship IMIAL Diploma Level 3 in Vehicle Accident Repair Body Competence (VCQ)

Duration1 year to 18 months

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location Ruddington Centre – EMCAT

How To ApplyApplication Form

Online – EMCAT website

VEHICLE ACCIDENT BODY REPAIR

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Page 29: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

29

Page 30: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentApprenticeships provide college and work-based training for people who want to learn new skills and gain qualifications. The Apprenticeship qualification framework for Vehicle Refinishing includes a Vocational Competence Qualification (VCQ), a Vocational Related Qualification (VRQ), and Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT. The course covers the technical and practical needs for today’s motor vehicle refinishing industry. It provides essential knowledge for technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages and dealerships.

Entry RequirementsYou will need to be employed carrying out appropriate tasks and 4 GCSEs at gradesA* to D or a Level 1 Motor Vehicle qualification or other equivalent qualification. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths achievement at Level 1 plus initial assessments.

Subjects/Modules• Workplace Housekeeping• Health and Safety• Preparing Metal and Pre-Painted Surfaces • Applying Fillers and Foundation Materials • Working with Plastic Materials & Components• Repairing Minor Paint Defects • Employment Rights and Responsibilities (ERR)• Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT

AssessmentThere will be continuous assessment throughout the course through practical assessments, ‘on-line’ multiple-choice exams and by assessments set by the College. You will also need to build up a portfolio of evidence of your work.

Essential InformationWhilst attending training at EMCAT all apprentices will be required to bring their own work boots and overalls for the workshop activities.

ProgressionProgression can be made onto the Advanced Apprenticeship in Vehicle Paint qualification or other similar Level 3 qualifications. The programme will also help you to progress within the motor vehicle industry.

Career opportunities include:

• Motor Vehicle Paint Refinisher• Commercial Paint Refinisher

QualificationApprenticeship IMIAL Diploma Level 2 in Vehicle Refinishing(VCQ)

Duration18 months to 2 years

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location Ruddington Centre – EMCAT

How To ApplyApplication Form

Online – EMCAT website

VEHICLE REFINISHING

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 31: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

31Course ContentApprenticeships provide college and work-basedtraining for people who want to learn new skills and gain qualifications. The Advanced Apprenticeship qualification framework for Vehicle Refinishing includes a Vocational Competence Qualification (VCQ), a Vocational Related Qualification (VRQ), and Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT. The course covers the technical and practical needs for today’s motor vehicle refinishing industry. It provides advanced and technical knowledge for people working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages and dealerships.

Entry RequirementsYou will need to be employed carrying out the appropriate tasks and hold a Level 2 Vehicle Refinishing qualification. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Establishing Paint Defects• Applying Topcoats & Completing Refinishing Operations• Vehicle Colour Matching• Functional Skills in Numeracy, Literacy & ICT

AssessmentThere will be continuous assessment throughout the course through practical assessments, ‘on-line’ multiple-choice exams and by assessments set by the College. You will also need to build up a portfolio of evidence of your work.

Essential InformationWhilst attending training at EMCAT all apprentices will be required to bring their own work boots and overalls for the workshop activities.

ProgressionProgression can be made onto the ATA Senior Paint Technician. It can also help you to progress to other work-based training in the Motor Vehicle industry or higher level study at University. The programme will also help you to progress within the Motor Vehicle industry.

Career opportunities include:

• Estimator• Motor Vehicle Refinisher Supervisor/Team Leader

QualificationApprenticeship IMIAL Diploma Level 3 in Vehicle Accident Repair Paint Competence (VCQ)

Duration1 year to 18 months

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location Ruddington Centre – EMCAT

How To ApplyApplication Form

Online – EMCAT website

VEHICLE REFINISHING

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Page 32: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE TECHNOLOGYThese courses are ideal for those who would like to train to be a Vehicle Technician. Technicians are responsible for the service and repair of cars, vans, motorbikes, lorries and coaches. They work in all areas of motor vehicle repair and service. Our automotive workshops at London Road are fully equipped with the industry’slatest technology to carry out maintenance and repair using manufacturer based equipment and repair methods. Our automotive lecturing teams are trained up to manufacturer Master Technician level.

Page 33: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

33Course ContentThis qualification covers the basic technical needs for today’s motor vehicle repair industry. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages, dealerships and maintenance depots.

Entry RequirementsSuccessful completion of initial assessment tests working towards Entry 3 and a satisfactory reference or school report.

Subjects/ModulesMandatory Units are:

• Motor Vehicle Workshop Safety• Retail Automotive Maintenance & Repair• Workshop Tools & Equipment• PSD Qualification

Other units include:

• Engine Components & Operation• Light Vehicle Steering & Suspension Systems• Principles of Component Fitting• Cooling & Lubrication System Checks• Braking System Checks• Wheel & Tyre Checks

AssessmentTwo on-line tests and one paper test on mandatory units, practical assessments on other units.

Essential InformationHeavy duty footwear and a set of overalls are required which are supplied by the College but a cost may be charged dependent on individual circumstances.

Progression• Vehicle Maintenance & Repair Level 1 Diploma

Career opportunities include:

• Vehicle Technician• Stores Technician• Valeting Operative• Service Adviser• Warranty Claims Officer• Roadside Assistance

QualificationMotor Vehicle Craft Diploma Entry Level

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

MOTOR VEHICLE CRAFT (ENTRY LEVEL)

Page 34: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis qualification covers the basic technical needs for today’s motorcycle repair industry. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on motorcycles in all types of garages and workshops.

Entry RequirementsSuccessful achievement of initial assessment at Level 1. You will also be expected to supply a satisfactory school report or reference.

Subjects/ModulesMandatory units:• Health & Safety

Other mandatory units are:

• Sustainable Development• Work Skills• Tools, Equipment & Materials

Other units include:

• Motorcycle Chassis Systems• Motorcycle Transmissions• Motorcycle Engines• Motorcycle Steering & Suspension Systems• Motorcycle Braking Systems• Motorcycle Routine Vehicle Maintenance• Motorcycle Wheels & Tyres• Motorcycle Exhaust Systems• Motorcycle Spark Ignition Systems• Motorcycle Electrical Units & Components

You will also study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT.

AssessmentTwo on-line tests for mandatory units and practical assessments on other units.

Essential InformationHeavy duty footwear and a set of overalls are required which are supplied by the College. A cost may be charged dependent on individual circumstances.

ProgressionMotorcycle Maintenance and Repair Principles Diploma Level 2.

Career opportunities include:

• Motorcycle Technician• Service Advisor• Warranty Claims Officer • Roadside Assistance

QualificationDiploma Level 1 in Motorcycle Maintenance

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

MOTORCYCLE MAINTENANCE (LEVEL 1)

Page 35: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

35Course ContentThis course is suitable for anyone with an interest in entering the Automotive industry. This qualification covers the basic technical needs for today’s fast fit industry. It provides essential knowledge for fast fit technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in fast fit centres, dealerships and maintenance depots.

Entry RequirementsSuccessful completion of initial assessment tests and previous qualification at Level 1 in Automotive Studies. You will also be expected to supply a satisfactory school report or reference.

Subjects/Modules• Health & Safety• Positive Relationships & Good Housekeeping• Removing & Replacing of Components• Brakes, Steering & Suspension• Vehicle Electrics (Batteries; Starting & Charging)• Sustainable Development Level 2

You will study Functional Skills in English & Maths.

AssessmentOn-line tests and practical assessments.

Essential InformationHeavy duty footwear and a set of overalls are required which are supplied by the College. A cost may be charged dependent on individual circumstances.

ProgressionLevel 2 Maintenance and Repair.

Career opportunities include:

• Motor Vehicle Fitter • Breakdown Fitter

QualificationDiploma Level 2 in Vehicle Fitting Operations

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

VEHICLE FITTING OPERATIONS (LEVEL 2)

Page 36: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis qualification covers the basic technical needs for today’s Motor Vehicle repair industry. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages, dealerships and maintenance depots.

Entry RequirementsSuccessful achievement of initial assessment. You will also be expected to supply a satisfactory school report or reference.

Subjects/ModulesMandatory Units are:• Health & Safety• Tools, Equipment & Materials• Sustainable Development• Work Skills

Other units include:

• Engine Systems, Components & Operations• Engine Liquid Cooling & Lubrication Systems• Steering & Suspension Systems• Vehicle Braking Systems• Routine Vehicle Maintenance• Wheels & Tyres• Exhaust Systems• Spark Ignition Systems• Electrical Foundation Skills• Sustainable Development

You will also study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT.

AssessmentTwo on-line tests for mandatory units, practical assessments on other units.

Essential InformationHeavy duty footwear and a set of overalls are required which are supplied by the College but a cost may be charged dependent on individual circumstances.

ProgressionAutomotive Maintenance & Repair Diploma Level 2.

Career opportunities include:

• Vehicle Technician • Stores Technician • Valeting Operative• Service Adviser• Warranty Claims Officer • Roadside Assistance

QualificationDiploma Level 1 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair(Light Vehicle)

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR (LIGHT VEHICLE – LEVEL 1)

Page 37: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

37

Page 38: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis qualification covers the basic technical needs for today’s motor vehicle repair industry, including the diagnosis of non-complex system faults. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages, dealerships and maintenance depots.

Entry RequirementsSuccessful completion of initial assessment tests and previous qualification in Automotive Maintenance and Repair at Level 1. You will also be expected to supply a satisfactory school report or reference.

Subjects/Modules• Carry Out Routine Vehicle Maintenance• Contribute to Workplace Housekeeping• Maintain Positive Workplace Relationships• Remove & Replace Chassis Units & Components• Remove & Replace Electrical Auxiliary Units & Components• Remove & Replace Engine Units & Components• Make Sure Your Own Actions Reduce Risks to Health & Safety• Sustainable Development Level 2

You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentMultiple choice examinations, practical demonstration / assignment.

Essential InformationHeavy duty footwear and a set of overalls are required which are supplied by the College. A cost may be charged dependent on individual circumstances.

ProgressionProgression onto Automotive Level 3 qualifications.

Career opportunities include:

• Vehicle Technician• Vehicle Breakdown Engineer• Technician

QualificationDiploma Level 2 in Automotive Maintenance & Repair

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

AUTOMOTIVE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR (LEVEL 2)

Page 39: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

39Course ContentThis qualification covers the basic technical needs for today’s motor vehicle repair industry, including the diagnosis of non-complex system faults. It provides essential knowledge for service technicians working on light vehicles (cars and vans) in all types of garages, dealerships and maintenance depots. Students study both theory and practical aspects to gain a broad knowledge and understanding of health and safety in the workplace and other skills associated with working in a garage. The student’s knowledge is assessed by practical assessments in a motor vehicle workshop environment and externally set on-line multiple choice testing.

Entry RequirementsSuccessful initial assessment tests and previous Automotive qualification at Level 2. You will also be expected to supply a satisfactory school report or reference. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Contribute to Workplace Housekeeping• Maintain Positive Workplace Relationships• Make Sure Your Own Actions Reduce Risks to Health & Safety• Diagnose & Rectify Light Vehicle Engine & Component Faults• Diagnose & Rectify Light Vehicle Chassis System Faults• Remove & Replace Chassis Units• Remove & Replace Electrical Auxiliary Units• Remove & Replace Engine Units• Carry Out Routine Vehicle Maintenance• Maths Special Unit

AssessmentCoursework, e-assessment, multiple choice examinations, portfolio of evidence, practical demonstration/assignment.

Essential InformationHeavy duty footwear and a set of overalls are required which are supplied by the College but a cost may be charged dependent on individual circumstances.

ProgressionThis course provides opportunities to progress to Higher Education or employment in the Automotive industry.

Career opportunities include:

• Automotive Technician• Auto Electrician• Roadside Assistant and Recovery• Supervisor/Team Leader

QualificationDiploma Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR (LEVEL 3)

Page 40: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 4 qualification is designed to progress the skills of Automotive Technicians already competent at Level 3. This is achieved through a range of technical and management skills. The learning programme involves both the theory and practical aspects of the following modules: Advanced Light Vehicle Technology, Advanced Diagnostic Techniques, and Communication and Liaison Techniques, providing personal and technical support to vehicle technicians.

Entry RequirementsLevel 3 Automotive Qualification and successful completion of assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThis qualification consists of 8 Mandatory Units and 10 Mandatory Specialist Units:

• Competency in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment• Competency in Making Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction• Competency in Identifying and Agreeing Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs• Competency in Monitoring Procedures to Control Risks to Health and Safety in the Automotive Sector• Competency in Diagnosing Motor Vehicle Faults Where No Prescribed Process or Format is Available• Competency in Providing Technical Support and Advice To Colleagues In Motor Vehicle Environments• Competency in Liaising With Vehicle Product Manufacturers and Suppliers on Technical Matters

• Competency in Providing Diagnostic Equipment and Technical Information System Support in Motor Vehicle Environments• Competency in Conducting Diagnostic Consultations with customers in Motor Vehicle Environments

AssessmentCoursework, e-assessment, multiple choice examinations, portfolio of evidence, practical demonstration/assignment.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course. Sensible clothing will also need to be worn.

ProgressionThis course provides opportunities to progress to Higher Education or employment in the Automotive industry.

Career opportunities include:

• Automotive Technician • Auto Electrician• Roadside Assistant & Recovery• Supervisor or Team Leader

QualificationDiploma Level 4 in Vehicle Maintenance &Repair Competence (Master Technician)

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR COMPETENCE (MASTER TECHNICIAN – LEVEL 4)

Page 41: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

41

Page 42: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Our business courses are work-related qualifications for those interested in a wide range of careers such as Accounting, Retail, Human Resources, Marketing, and Administration. Information Technology is used extensively and coursework is carried out in realistic simulated tasks.

BUSINESS, IT & PROFESSIONAL

Page 43: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

43ACCOUNTING WITH BUSINESS (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course incorporates a number of highly recognised qualifications to help you gain the skills required for a future career in Business or Accounting.

Entry RequirementsGCSE grades at A* to C in both English and Maths or equivalent and all students will be required to attend an assessment in Maths and English Language to gain a place on the course. Entry by application form only and a good reference will also be required.

Subjects/ModulesAAT Level 2 Certificate in Accounting:

• Basic Accounting• Basic Costing• Working Effectively in Accounting and Finance• Computerised Accounts

Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Business:

• Business Purposes• Business Organisations• Business Communication through Documentation • Financial Forecasting for Business• ECDL Level 2 IT Skills• Using IT Systems• Using the Computer & Managing Files• Internet & Email• Word Processing• Spreadsheets• Improving Productivity

Students will also study Functional Skills in English.

AssessmentExaminations, computer based projects and coursework.

Essential InformationIt is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors. A fee of £82.25 will need to be paid on enrolment for course books.

Progression• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Business • AAT Level 3

Career opportunities include:

• Accounting• Administration • Finance

QualificationAssociation of Accounting Technicians Certificate in Accounting with BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Business

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 44: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ADMINISTRATION BUSINESS PROFESSIONAL (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis qualification is aimed at learners who are seeking a career in office administration or for more mature learners who are returning to work and wishing to update their skills.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades G or above. All applicants will need to sit an assessment prior to interview to assess which level will be the most appropriate. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/ModulesVarious units related to working in Administration which include:

• Working in Business Administration• Creating Business Documents• Making & Receiving Calls• Welcoming Visitors• Handling Mail• Communicate with Customers• Teamwork in Administration• Organise Meetings• OCR Text Production & Word Processing• Speed Keying

In addition all students will have to do Functional Skills.

AssessmentThe course will involve assessments, portfolio building and exams.

Essential InformationIt is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.

ProgressionThis course is designed to enable you to develop skills that will help to gain employment in an administrative role. Successful students may be able to progress onto a Level 2 qualification in Business or Business Administration.

Career opportunities include:

• Administration Assistant • Receptionist• Personal Assistant

QualificationOCR Diploma Level 1 in Administration (Business Professional)

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 45: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

45ADMINISTRATION BUSINESS PROFESSIONAL (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThe course comprises of a variety of qualifications which are relevant for use in the modern office environment and is delivered over 3/4 days a week (15 hours). The course is suitable for learners with little prior knowledge of IT wishing to continue/update their skills or to commence/return to work.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or, a full Level 1 vocational qualification at merit grade or above. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language at grade A* to D or Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 1. All applicants will need to sit an assessment prior to interview to assess which level will be most appropriate. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Working in Administration• Written Business Communications• Verbal Communication in Business• Organise Business Travel & Accommodation• Career Planning in Administration• OCR Text Production & Word Processing• Certificate in IT (IT USERS) ECDL

All students will have the opportunity to resit GCSE English Language and Maths or Functional Skills.

AssessmentFor the Diploma in Administration, units are assessed by written assignments, case studies, witness statements etc. The Text Processing qualifications are assessed by set examinations.

Essential InformationIt is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.

ProgressionSuccessful students may be able to progress onto a Level 3 Business qualification.

Career opportunities include:

• Administration Assistants• Receptionists and Personal Assistants in a medical, legal or a general office.

QualificationOCR Diploma Level 2 in Administration (Business Professional)

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 46: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ADMINISTRATION BUSINESS PROFESSIONAL (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThe OCR Diploma In Administration (Business Professional) is suitable for those who wish to develop knowledge, understanding and skills of the complex administrative tasks in a senior position. The course comprises of a variety of qualifications which are relevant for use in a modern office environment. It is delivered over 3/4 days a week. The course is suitable for learners wishing to work in a supervisory or senior administrative role.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs grades at A* to C in English Language or OCR Diploma in Adminstration (Business Professional) Level 2. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language at grade A* to C or Functional Skills in English at Level 2. A relevant skills diagnostic test will be required to be undertaken. Applicants will be assessed on their IT skills, speed typing and accuracy due to course content. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/ModulesMandatory units:

• Producing Complex Business Documents• Understanding Functions and Roles within Business Organisations

Optional units:

• Text Production • Word Processing• BCS Certificate in IT User Skills (ECDL Advanced)

AssessmentWritten assignments, case studies and practical experience and witness statements. The Text Processing qualifications are assessed by set exams which are externally marked. ECDL Advanced options are assessed by internally marked exams.

Essential InformationIt is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College.

ProgressionLearners may progress onto other Business Administration or Business related courses.

Career opportunities include:

Candidates may progress onto employment in administrative roles as this qualification provides evidence of achievements of a range of practical skills.

QualificationOCR Level 3 Diploma in Administration (Business Professional)

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 47: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

47BUSINESS (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis is a full-time practical, work-related course. You will learn by completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or, a full Level 1 vocational qualification at merit grade orabove. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language or Maths at grade A* to D or Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 1. A good reference will also be required.

Subjects/Modules• Business Purposes• Business Organisations• Financial Forecasting for Business• Business Communication through Documentation• People in Organisations• Business Online• Verbal and Non-verbal Communication in Business Contexts• Bookkeeping for Business

Students will have the opportunity to resit GCSE English Language and Maths or Functional Skills.

AssessmentScenario based assignments which include presentations, reports and poster presentations and role play. Grades awarded are Pass, Merit or Distinction.

Essential InformationIt is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors. Students will be expected to visit businesses as part of their assignment work. Students may need to attend College over 5 days and some evening study may be required.

ProgressionStudents may progress onto Level 3 qualifications, in particular the BTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Business, however, a Grade C in English Language and Maths must be achieved.

Career opportunities include:

With further training or study, learners may progress into Business related careers such as:

• Accounting, Administration, Customer Service• Finance, IT, Personnel or Sales• Junior positions may also be gained in: Sales, Advertising, Marketing & Banking

QualificationBTEC Level 2 Diploma in Business

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 48: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

BUSINESS (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis is a full-time practical, work-related course. By completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands, you will learn about the business world. There are approximately 12 units on the Diploma programme and students study half of the units each year. There are approximately 18 units on the Extended Diploma programme, students study half of the units each year.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or BTEC First Diploma/BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language and Maths at grades A* to C. GCSE English Language & Maths may be substituted by Functional Skills English and Maths at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• The Business Environment • Business Resources• Introduction to Marketing• Business Communications• Business Accounting• Management Accounting• Relationship Marketing• Developing Teams in Business• Recruitment & Selection

Additional QualificationsEdexcel Extended Project in a subject of your choice.

AssessmentAssignment based, assessment methods include making presentations, reports and poster presentations and role play. Grades awarded are Pass, Merit or Distinction.

Essential InformationAn Extended Diploma is the equivalent to 3 A-Levels and the Diploma equivalent to 2. Your predicted GCSE grades or achieved grades will affect whether you are offered a place on the Extended Diploma or the Diploma. It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.

ProgressionProgression into Higher Education including:

• Foundation Degree • Higher National Certificate• Higher National Diploma • Degree in Information Technology• Degree in Business• Degree in Marketing• Degree in Finance & Personnel.

Career opportunities include:

• Accounting• Administration• Marketing• Human Resources • Self-employment

QualificationBTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Business

Duration2 Years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication form.

Page 49: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

49

Page 50: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

BUSINESS & IT (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course combines the BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Business with the BTEC Level 3 National Subsidiary Diploma in IT, giving an overall qualification worth the equivalent of three A-Levels. It is a full-time practical, work-related course. By completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations, activities and demands, you will learn about the business world and the basics of how IT can be used within a business context. There are approximately 18 units, students study half of the units each year.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or BTEC Level 2 First Diploma/BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include GCSE English Language and Maths at grades A* to C. GCSE English Language & Maths may be substituted by Key/Functional Skills English and Maths at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• The Business Environment • Introduction to Marketing• Information Systems• Website Production• e-Commerce

Additional QualificationsEdexcel Extended Project in a subject of your choice.

AssessmentAssignment based, no exams: assessment methods include making presentations, reports and poster presentations.

Essential InformationYou will need to purchase course text books (approx £25 each). Students may have the opportunity to attend a residential visit with associated costs depending on destination.

It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a USB memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.

ProgressionProgression into Higher Education including:

• Foundation Degree • Higher National Certificate• Higher National Diploma • Degree in Business• Degree in Marketing• Degree in Finance• Degree in Personnel• Degree in Information Technology

Career opportunities include:

• Accounting • Administration• Customer Service• Finance• IT• Personnel • Sales and Marketing

QualificationBTEC Level 3 Diploma in Business and BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in IT

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 51: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

51IT USER SKILLS (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis is a work related learning qualification that provides learners with a taste of a vocational area, without restricting their future options. This course enables learners to develop valuable skills and knowledge.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades D to G. All applicants should have an appropriate standard of literacy and numeracy and have related interests and experience. A good reference will also be required.

Subjects/ModulesMandatory Unit

• Improving Productivity

Optional units may include the following:

• Communicating Information using ICT• Producing Charts using ICT • Database Software• Imaging Software• Presentation Software• Using Email• Word-processing Software• Website Software• Design Software

Additional QualificationsThese awards, where possible, will be integrated into the work you do for the ITQ qualification.

Personal, Social & Development Units:

• Planning for Progression• Affective Qualities and Attitudes for Learning• Career Planning• Edexcel Foundation Project in a subject of your choice.

AssessmentYou will be assessed by your coursework and there are no examinations to sit, except for Functional Skills.

Essential InformationIt is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.

Progression• Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in IT• City & Guilds Level 2 Systems Support qualifications

Career opportunities include:

With further study, learners may progress into employment in the IT industry at a junior level such as:

• Computer Operator• Data Entry

QualificationOCR Diploma Level 1 in IT User Skills

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre City Centre – Maid Marian Way

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 52: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

IT (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentA BTEC Level 2 Diploma is a practical, work-related course. You learn by completing projects and assignments that are based on realistic workplace situations and activities.

The course provides a good starting point to go onto a more advanced academic/career route to Higher Education, or into the workplace.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at grades A* to D or a Foundation Diploma Level 1, with the majority of subjects gained at A* to A, or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include Maths or English Language GCSE A* to D or Key/Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 1. A good reference will also be required.

Subjects/ModulesThe course is made up of seven units, three of which are compulsory, these are:

• Communicating in the IT Industry• Working in the IT Industry• Computer Systems

Specialist units. These units enable you to study a particular area in more depth. These could be:

• Computer Graphics• Developing Computer Games• Presenting Information using IT

Additional QualificationsFunctional Skills in Maths and English and the Edexcel Higher Project in a subject of your choice.

AssessmentYou will be assessed by your coursework and there are no examinations to sit, except for Functional Skills.

Essential InformationLearners will need to purchase a BTEC Level 2 Diploma in IT textbook (approx £25). Students are expected to undertake visits to exhibitions and businesses, some of which will incur a small cost, payable if applicable, whilst on programme. It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.

ProgressionA natural progression route would be onto the Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in IT.

Please note that if you wish to progress onto an Extended Diploma course you will require GCSEs in English Language and/or Maths at grades A* to C or Functional Skills English and/or Maths at Level 2.

Career opportunities include:

• End User Support Technician• Trainee IT Support Officer• Trainee IT Technician• Trainee Programmer• Office Junior• Trainee Network Administrator • Administration Junior

QualificationBTEC Level 2 Diploma in IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre City Centre – Maid Marian Way

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 53: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

53IT (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThe course provides content and structures that will help students to acquire the skills and knowledge needed to work as professionals in the IT sector or to progress onto Higher Education/University.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at grade C or above or BTEC Level 2 First Diploma/BTEC Level 2 Diploma in IT at Merit or IT Diploma (Level 2) at A* to A or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include Maths or English Language GCSE A* to C or Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Communication and Employability Skills • Computer Systems• Information Systems• Organisational Systems Security• Event Driven Programming• Principles of Computer Networks• Database Design• Website Production• Digital Graphics• Client Side Customisation of Web Pages• IT Technical Support

Additional QualificationsEdexcel Extended Project on the subject of your choice.

AssessmentYou will be assessed by your coursework and there are no examinations to sit.

Essential InformationYou may need to purchase course text books (approx £25 each). Students may have the opportunity to attend a residential visit with associated costs depending on destination. It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a USB memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors. Entry criteria must be met.

ProgressionProgression into Higher Education including:

• Foundation Degree • Higher National Certificate• Higher National Diploma

Career opportunities include:

• Computer User Support Technician,• Help-desk Technician • Systems Analyst • Software Engineer • Web Developer • Computer Networking • Administrator • Computer Programmer • Client Support

QualificationBTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in IT

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 54: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ICT – SYSTEMS SUPPORT (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course is for those who wish to pursue a career in the field of computer technical support. It will help you to understand the role of technical support in the workplace and help you develop the knowledge, understanding and skills necessary to undertake this role.

Entry RequirementsYou must have a Level 1 qualification and/or 4 GCSEs grade D to E including Maths and/or English Language. Alternatively applicants may have a Level 1 Vocational qualification with at least Level 1 in Literacy and/or Numeracy or Level 1 Functional Skills in English and/or Maths. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/ModulesThe course is largely practical with lots of hands-on computer work such as:

• Installing, Repairing and Maintaining Computer Systems• Installing, Maintaining & Upgrading Software• Setting up Computer Networks • Customer Support Provision (Core Unit)• Systems Operation and Monitoring

Additional QualificationsFunctional Skills in Maths and English and the Edexcel Higher Project in a subject of your choice, together with a Work Skills qualification.

AssessmentThis course will be assessed by completing a number of practical assignments graded at Pass, Merit or Distinction. There are no external exams, except for Functional Skills.

Essential InformationIt is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a USB memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors.

Progression• City & Guilds IT Systems & Principles for IT Professionals• Edexcel Level 3 BTEC Diploma in IT (Networking and System Support)

Please note that if you wish to progress onto a Level 3 course you will require GCSEs in English Language and/or Maths at grades A* to C or Functional Skills English and/or Maths at Level 2.

Career opportunities include:

Students may gain employment in a technical support related role such as:

• ICT Operations Technician• Trainee Technician• Trainee Engineer • User Support

QualificationCity & Guilds Diploma in ICT Systems Support Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 55: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

55

Page 56: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

IT – NETWORKING & SYSTEMS SUPPORT (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis is a course aimed at students who wish to pursue a career in IT, with an emphasis on networking and system support. The course provides content and structures that will help students to acquire the skills and knowledge needed to work as professionals in the IT sector or to progress onto Higher Education/University. This course is equivalent to 2 A-Levels.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at grade C or above or BTEC Level 2 First Diploma/BTEC Level 2 Diploma in IT at Merit or IT Diploma (Level 2) at A* to A or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include Maths or English Language GCSE A* to C or Key/Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Computer Systems• Managing Networks• Computer Networks• Communication Technology• IT Technical Support• Organisational System Security• IT Troubleshooting and Repair• Maintaining Computer Systems• Networked Systems Security

Additional QualificationsEdexcel Extended Project on the subject of your choice.

AssessmentYou will be assessed by your coursework and there are no examinations to sit.

Essential InformationYou may need to purchase course text books (approx £25 each). Students may have the opportunity to attend a residential visit with associated costs depending on destination. It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a memory stick for transferring your work from home to college. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors. Entry criteria mustbe met.

ProgressionProgression into Higher Education including

• Foundation Degree • Higher National Certificate• Higher National Diploma

Career opportunities include:

• Network Manager• Computer Forensics• Computer Security• Web Designer • Systems Support Technician

QualificationBTEC Diploma Level 3 in IT (Networking & Systems Support)

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 57: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

57IT – SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThe course provides content and structures that will help students to acquire the skills and knowledge needed to work as professionals in the IT sector or to progress onto Higher Education/University.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at Grade C or above or BTEC Level 2 First Diploma/BTEC Level 2 Diploma in IT at Merit or IT Diploma (Level 2) at A* to A or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include Maths or English Language GCSE A* to C or Key/Functional Skills English or Maths at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement explaining why you want to do this particular course. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Communication and Employability Skills • Computer Systems• Information Systems• Organisational Systems Security• Event Driven Programming• Object-Oriented Programming• Website Production• Digital Graphics• Client Side Customisation of Web Pages• Procedural Programming

Additional QualificationsEdexcel Extended Project on the subject of your choice.

AssessmentYou will be assessed by your coursework and there are no examinations to sit.

Essential InformationYou may need to purchase course text books (approx £25 each). Students may have the opportunity to attend a residential visit with associated costs depending on destination. It is recommended that you have paper, pens, calculator and a USB memory stick for transferring your work from home to College. You will be notified of any course books that may enhance your learning by your tutors. Entry criteria must be met.

ProgressionProgression into Higher Education including:

• Foundation Degree • Higher National Certificate• Higher National Diploma

Career opportunities include:

• Programmer• Systems Analyst• Web Designer• Security Specialist• Computer Forensics• Systems Support Technician

QualificationEdexcel Level 3 Extended Diploma in IT (Software Development)

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 58: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

CARE & CHILDHOOD STUDIESCourses are both full-time and part-time to suit the needs of school leavers and adult learners.

The care team offers education and training in early years and health and social care in conjunction with local employers.

If you are already employed in this sector, don’t forget that improving your qualifications will improve your job prospects.

All courses include work experience and we have extensive links with local schools, nurseries, hospitals, voluntary organisations and care homes. Most of our students gain employment after completing their course or successfully progress onto Higher Education. All teaching staff have an extensive range of experience in the Health, Social Care and Early Years sectors and offer a supportive learning environment.

Page 59: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

59CARING FOR CHILDREN (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course is aimed at young people needing to develop life skills and their understanding of the skills and knowledge needed to care for young children. It will also include personal and social development skills and units, plus Functional Skills in English and Maths which are essential for further study and employment. There may be opportunities for students to attend childcare placements whilst on this course but this will be dependent on attitude and performance whilst on the course.

Entry RequirementsFormal entry requirements are not required, but you will be assessed for writing skills and levels of understanding before a place can be offered, as potential is more important than qualifications. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Children’s Development• Children and Play• Health and Safety• Supporting Babies to Play• Respecting and Valuing Children

AssessmentAssessment for all units is by assignment plus an external assessment.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to pay for their Criminal Records Bureau check (approx £45), purchase a College T-shirt (approx £10) and fund their travel costs to placement.

Progression• Cache Level 2 Diploma in Childcare & Education.• Apprenticeship in Children and Young People, if distinction grades are achieved along with an excellent tutor and placement report. You will also need to have successfully achieved Functional Skills.

To gain employment in a Childcare setting you will be required to study further at Level 2.

QualificationCACHE/Certificate & Diploma in Caring for Children Level 1

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 60: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

CHILD CARE & EDUCATION (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis qualification prepares 16-18 year old learners to work under supervision in a variety of childcare settings. This could be in Day Care, Schools, Home Based Childcare, Pre-Schools or Children’s Centres. Learners are in College 3 days a week and on a range of placements 2 days a week.

Entry RequirementsCACHE Foundation Diploma in Childcare or a BTEC Introductory course in Health and Social Care at Distinction grade and an excellent tutor report and/or 4 GCSE’s at grades D or above. Qualifications must include English Language GCSE grade D or above or Functional Skills English Level 1. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• The Developing Child • Safe Environments • Children and Play • Communication and Professional Skills • Childcare in the Workplace • Introduction to Working with Children • Working with Children 0-5

Learners will also study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT depending on the College centre they attend.

AssessmentAssessment for all units is by written assignment plus an external assessment. For unit 3, learners will also be assessed on their performance in the workplace.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to pay for their Criminal Records Bureau check (approx £45), purchase a College T-shirt (approx £10) and fund their travel costs to placement. You will also need to successfully achieve Functional Skills English Language at Level 2 or a GCSE in English Language at a C grade or above.

Progression• CACHE Level 3 Diploma in Childcare & Education. • Apprenticeship in Children and Young People if an A grade is achieved along with an excellent tutor and placement report.

Career opportunities include:

• Early Years Assistant• A Pre-School Assistant• Nursery Foundation Stage Assistant• Special Educational Needs Assistant

QualificationCACHE Diploma In Child Care & Education Level 2

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 61: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

61CHILD CARE & EDUCATION (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis qualification will provide learners with occupational competence and enables them to work unsupervised or in a supervisory capacity in a variety of childcare settings whilst also offering progression into Higher Education. It is a two year course, which includes placements in a range of childcare settings every week as well as time at College for the remainder of the week.

Entry Requirements5 academic GCSEs at grades A* to C or CACHE Diploma in Childcare and Education Level 2 grade A, plus good placement reports. Qualifications must include English Language GCSE grade C, or Key/Functional Skills English Level 2 and at least a D grade in Maths. Candidates who wish to apply for teaching degrees will need GCSEs in English Language, Maths and Science at grades A* to C. Some universities will require a higher grade in GCSE Maths and English Language. We advise you to contact the university directly. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/ModulesThere are 12 modules which include:

• Development from 0-16• Keeping Children Safe • Caring for Children • Play and Learning• Development of Professional Skills • You will also study Functional Skills in Maths and/or ICT

AssessmentYou will be assessed by the College and CACHE and this will include written assignments, assessment of your performance in the workplace, a research task, plus a short exam.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to pay for their Criminal Records Bureau check (approx £45), purchase a College t-shirt (approx £10) and fund their travel costs to placement.

Progression• BA/BEd in Primary Education• BA Early Childhood Studies• Other Childcare related courses

Career opportunities include:

• Early Years Practitioner• Special Educational Needs Support Worker• Nanny• Children’s Centre Practitioner

QualificationCACHE Diploma In Child Care and Education Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationsCity Centre – Maid Marian Way

Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 62: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

CHILDREN’S PLAY, LEARNING & DEVELOPMENT (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis qualification will provide learners with occupational competence and enable them to work unsupervised or in a supervisory capacity in a variety of childcare settings whilst also offering progression into Higher Education. It is a two year course and includes placements in a range of childcare settings every week as well as time at College for the remainder of the week.

Entry Requirement5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or CACHE Diploma in Childcare and Education Level 2 grade A plus good placement reports. Qualifications must include English Language GCSE grade C, or Functional Skills English Level 2 and at least a D grade in Maths. Candidates who wish to apply for teaching degrees will need GCSEs in English Language, Maths and Science at grades A* to C. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Child Development• Play in Early Years Settings• Child Protection• Reflecting on Practice• Working with Parents• Supporting Children’s Communication & Language• Observation and Assessment You will also study a Functional Skill in Maths or ICT.

AssessmentIncludes written assignments, assessment of your performance in the workplace and an external paper based test.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to pay for their Criminal Records Bureau check (approx £45), purchase a College t-shirt (approx £10) and fund their travel costs to placement.

Progression• BA/BEd in Primary Education• BA Early Childhood Studies and other childcare related courses.

Career opportunities include:

• Early Years Practitioner• Special Educational Needs Support Worker• Nanny• Children’s Centre Practitioner

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Children’s Play, Learning and Development Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 63: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

63

Page 64: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

CHILDREN & YOUNG PEOPLE’S WORKFORCE APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course is for those looking for a career working with children and/or young people. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours per week in a childcare setting. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and compile the evidence for the Level 2 Certificate for the Children and Young People’s Workforce. You will also study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT at Level 1.

Entry RequirementsSchool leavers need to have 5 GCSE’s at grades D or above. You will be expected to be punctual at both work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work both as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Introduction to Communication in Health, Social Care or Young People’s Settings • Introduction to Personal Development in Health, Social Care or Young People’s Settings • Introduction to Equality & Inclusion in Health, Social Care or Young People’s Settings • Child & Young Person Development • Safeguarding the Welfare of Children & Young People • Maintain & Support Relationships with Children & Young People• Support Children & Young People’s Positive Behaviour • Contribute to the Support of Child & Young Person Development • Contribute to Children & Young People’s Health & Safety• Contribute to the Support of Positive Environments for Children & Young People• Understand Partnership Working in Services

for Children & Young People• Paediatric Emergency First Aid • Managing Paediatric Illness & Injury

AssessmentYou will be assessed in your workplace for your practical skills and you will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required.

Essential InformationIt is essential to obtain a paid job to enrol on this course, the college can assist you, but cannot guarantee you a job. You will need to find your own travel costs to work and undergo a Criminal Records Bureau check, your employer may charge you for this. You are advised to purchase a course textbook (approx £21). You will be entitled to a minimum of £2.65 per hour and will be working for 30 hours a week plus 1 day in College. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approximately £95 a week if working the minimum 30 hours / 4 days and attend College one day a week. This will be paid for by your employer.

Progression• Level 3 Diploma Children and Young People’s Workforce – Apprenticeship• Cache Level 3 Diploma for the Children & Young People’s Workforce

Career opportunities include:

• Nursery Assistant.

QualificationLevel 2 Diploma for the Children and Young People’s Workforce.

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork plus 1 day a week in College

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 65: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

65CHILDREN & YOUNG PEOPLE’S WORKFORCE APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is for those looking for a career working with children and/or young people. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours per week in a childcare setting. You will attend college one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and compile the evidence for the Level 3 Diploma for the Children and Young People’s Workforce. You will also study Functional Skills in English, Maths and ICT at Level 2.

Entry RequirementsLevel 2 Apprenticeship, Cache Level 2 Certificate for the Children and Young People’s Workforce. You will be expected to be punctual at both work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work both as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Promote Communication in Health, Social Care or Young People’s Settings• Engage in Personal Development in Health, Social Care or Young People’s Settings• Promote Equality & Inclusion in Health, Social Care or Young People’s Settings• Principles for Implementing Duty of Care in Health, Social Care or Children’s & Young People’s Settings• Understand Child & Young Persons Development• Promote Child & Young Person Development• Understand how to Safeguard the Wellbeing of Children & Young People• Develop Positive Relationships with Children & Young People

• Working Together for the Benefit of Children & Young People• Understand how to Support Positive Outcomes for Children & Young People

AssessmentYou will be assessed in your workplace for your practical skills and you will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required.

Essential InformationIt is essential to obtain a paid job to enrol on this course. The College can assist you, but cannot guarantee you a job. You will need to find your own travel costs to work and undergo a Criminal Records Bureau check, your employer may charge you for this. You are advised to purchase a course textbook (approx £21). You will be entitled to a minimum of £2.65 per hour and will be working for 30 hours a week plus 1 day in College. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approximately £95 a week if working the minimum 30 hours / 4 days and attend College one day a week. This will be paid for by your employer.

Career opportunities include:

• Nursery Room Leader• Nursery Nurse

QualificationLevel 2 Certificate for the Children and Young People’s Workforce.

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork plus 1 day a week in College

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 66: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course is aimed at giving students the necessary skills needed to progress to a higher level of Health & Social Care. The course is over 35 weeks and successful candidates will have the opportunity to progress onto a Level 2 or 3 college or work based Health & Social Care qualification.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have no previous qualifications. All students will be interviewed, carry out an initial assessment and be invited to attend a welcome morning in July. Functional Skills and Work Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Human Lifespan Development • Health & Social Care Values • Effective Communication • Social Influences on Health & Wellbeing • Promoting Health & Wellbeing • The Impact of Nutrition on Health & Wellbeing • Equality & Diversity• Individual Rights • Healthy Living • Human Body Systems & Care of Disorders • Services in Health & Social Care • Creative & Therapeutic Activities• The Health & Social Care Sector • The Early Years Sector

AssessmentMost units are assessed by coursework, 2 units have an external exam.

Essential InformationIf students intend to progress onto Level 2 they will need to have a Criminal Records Bureau check and attend work experience to assess their suitability for working in this sector. If there are insufficient applicants for 2 groups all learners will attend Maid Marian Way.

Progression• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Health & Social Care• Apprenticeship in Health & Social Care or Child Care• CACHE Level 2 Diploma in Childcare & Education

Career opportunities include:

• Care Assistant• Support Worker • Progressing to Higher Level qualifications.

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Health & Social Care Level 1

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 67: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

67

Page 68: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course is aimed at giving students the necessary skills needed to progress to a higher level of Health & Social Care. Successful candidates will have the opportunity to progress onto a Level 3 College or work based Health & Social Care qualification.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have, or are predicted to achieve 5 GCSEs at D or above, including English. All students will be interviewed and be invited to attend a welcome morning in July. Mature applicants will be assessed individually to ensure they are suitable for this course. An excellent reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Human Lifespan Development • Health & Social Care Values • Effective Communication • Social Influences on Health & Wellbeing • Promoting Health & Wellbeing • The Impact of Nutrition on Health & Wellbeing • Equality & Diversity• Individual Rights • Healthy Living • Human Body Systems & Care of Disorders • Services in Health & Social Care • Creative & Therapeutic Activities • The Health & Social Care Sector • The Early Years Sector

AssessmentMost units are assessed by coursework, 2 units have an external exam.

Essential InformationAll learners need to pay £45 for a Criminal Records Bureau check and £15 for a t-shirt. This is a very popular course and late applicants cannot be guaranteed their first choice location. Functional Skills and Work Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme. You are advised to buy a course textbook (approx £21.00).

Progression• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Health & Social Care• Apprenticeship in Health & Social Care

Career opportunities include:

• Care Assistant• Support Worker • Progressing to Higher Level qualifications

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Health & Social Care Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 69: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

69HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course is for those looking for a career in Health & Social Care. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a Health or Social Care setting. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and compile the evidence for the Level 2 Diploma in Health & Social Care (Adults) for England and the Level 2 Certificate in Preparing to Work in Adult Social Care. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course.

Entry RequirementsSchool leavers need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. You will be expected to be punctual at both work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work both as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Introduction to Communication • Introduction to Personal Development • Introduction to Equality & Inclusion • Introduction to Duty of Care • Principles of Safeguarding & Protection • The Role of the Health & Social Care Worker• Implement Person-Centred Approaches • Contribute to Health & Safety • Handling Information

Plus optional units relevant to your place of work.

AssessmentYou will be assessed in the workplace for your practical skills and will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required.

Essential InformationIt is essential to obtain a paid job to enrol on this course. College can assist you, but cannot guarantee you a job. You will need to find your own travel costs to work and undergo a Criminal Records Bureau check which is usually paid for by your employer. Your uniform is also supplied by your employer. You are advised to purchase a course textbook (approx £21). You will be entitled to a minimum of £2.65 per hour and will be working for 30 hours a week plus 1 day in College. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approximately £95 a week if working the minimum 30 hours / 4 days and attend College one day a week. This will be paid for by your employer.

Progression• Level 3 Apprenticeship in Health & Social Care• BTEC Extended Diploma in Health & Social Care

Career opportunities include:

• Care Assistant• Support staff in Health or Social Care settings.

QualificationApprenticeship in Health & Social Care (Adults) Level 2

Duration18 months

Mode of StudyWork plus 1 day a week incollege

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 70: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE (SUBSIDIARY LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is for those looking for a career in Health or Social Care. It is particularly aimed at mature students who are unable to commit to full-time study.

Entry RequirementsMature applicants will be assessed individually to ensure they are ready to study at Level 3. Prior qualifications indicating readiness for this course include: 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C including English Language or Key/Functional Skills Level 2 English. Also acceptable: BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Distinction with Functional Skills in English at Level 2/GCSE grade C and a good placement report. A good reference is also required.

Subjects/Modules• Communication• Equality, Diversity & Rights• Health, Safety & Security• Development Through the Life Stages • Physiological Disorders • Anatomy & Physiology

AssessmentAll units are assessed by coursework. There is a substantial amount of coursework required to complete the course and learners should expect to do College work in their own time.

Essential InformationAll learners need to pay £45 for a Criminal Records Bureau check and £15 for a t-shirt. Any offer of a place on the course is subject to Criminal Records Bureau clearance. You are advised to buy a course textbook (approx £22). Mature learners may have to pay fees, depending on personal circumstances.

ProgressionEnrolling for a further year to complete the Diploma or 2 further years to complete the Extended Diploma is recommended.

Career opportunities include:

• Occupational Therapy Assistant • Family Support Worker • Youth Work• Community Care Assistant • Day Care Worker• Residential Care Worker• Support Worker• Medical Technican• Clinical Support Worker• Physiotherapy Assistant• Health Care Assistant

QualificationBTEC Subsidiary Diploma in Health & Social Care Level 3

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyPart-time

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 71: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

71

Page 72: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE (EXTENDED LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is for those looking for a career in Health or Social Care. Students attend 3 different work placements over 2 years. Vocational placements are monitored by staff and are assessed as part of the course. All students are required to complete a Professional Practice Portfolio over the 3 settings.

Entry Requirements5 academic GCSEs at grades A* to C including English Language or Key/Functional Skills Level 2 English. Also acceptable BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Distinction with Functional Skills in English at Level 2/GCSE Grade C and a good placement report. For the Health Studies route a GCSE in Science at grade C is essential. A good reference is also required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Communication• Equality, Diversity & Rights• Health, Safety & Security • Development Through the Life Stages • Anatomy and Physiology• Personal & Professional Development• Sociology and Psychology• Caring for Children & Young People • Safeguarding Adults• Nutrition & Research

Specialist units include:

• Challenging Behaviour• Dementia Care• Caring for Older People• Values and Planning• Coping with Change• Public Health• Physiological Disorders• Mobility and Exercise

• Physiology of Fluid Balance

You will also study Work Skills, Deaf Awareness and Functional Skills in English or Maths (dependent on the centre) as part of the course.

AssessmentAll units are assessed by coursework. There is a substantial amount of coursework required to complete the course and learners should expect to do College work in their own time.

Essential InformationThis is a very popular course and late applicants cannot be guaranteed their first choice location. All learners need to pay £45 for a Criminal Records Bureau check and £15 for a t-shirt. You are advised to buy a course textbook (approx £21.00).

ProgressionDegrees in Nursing, Social Work, Youth Work, Criminology, Human Services, Social Sciences, Occupational Therapy, Speech Therapy, Radiography, Environmental Health or Paramedic Science.

Career opportunities include:

• Occupational Therapy Assistant • Family Support Worker • Youth Work• Community Care Assistant • Day Care or Residential Care Worker• Support Worker• Medical Technician• Clinical Support Worker• Physiotherapy Assistant• Health Care Assistant

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Health & Social Care Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre (Combined route)

City Centre – Maid Marian Way (Combined route)

West Bridgford Centre (Health Studies & Social Care route)

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 73: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

73HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is for people looking for a career in Health & Social Care. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week in a Health or Social Care setting. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and compile the evidence for the Level 3 Diploma in Health & Social Care (Adults) for England and the Level 3 Certificate in Preparing to Work in Adult Social Care. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course.

Entry RequirementsLevel 2 Apprenticeship or BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Health & Social Care is normally required. Applicants with BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Health & Social Care may be considered. You will be expected to be punctual at both work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work both as part of a team and individually, and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Promote Communication • Engage in Personal Development• Promote Equality & Inclusion• Principles for Implementing • Duty of Principles of Safeguarding• Protection in Health & Social Care• The Role of The Health & Social Care Worker • Promote Person Centred Approaches in Health & Social Care• Promote and Implement Health & Safety• Promote Good Practice in Handling Information in Health & Social Care Settings.

Plus optional units relevant to your place of work.

AssessmentYou will be assessed in the workplace for your practical skills and will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required.

Essential InformationIt is essential to obtain a paid job to enrol on this course. The College can assist you, but cannot guarantee you a job. You will need to find your own travel costs to work, and undergo a Criminal Records Bureau check which is usually paid for by the employer. Your uniform is also supplied by your employer. You are advised to buy a course textbook (approx £21). You will be entitled to a minimum of £2.65 per hour and will be working for 30 hours a week plus 1 day in College. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approximately £95 a week if working the minimum 30 hours / 4 days and attend College one day a week. This will be paid for by your employer.

Progression• Level 5 Leadership and Management.

Career opportunities include:

• Senior Care Assistant• Community Care Assistant• Progression to Deputy Management

QualificationApprenticeship in Health & Social Care (Adults) Level 3

Duration18 months

Mode of StudyWork plus 1 day a week in College

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Please NoteA Criminal Records Bureau check is required. We reserve the right to withdraw you from a course should the CRB check reveal any offence, or if an offence is committed at any time during the course.

Page 74: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

These high quality courses are intended to appeal to those who want to study a practical, construction trade-related subject with the intention of seeking further training and/or employment in the building industry.

The construction courses are delivered at either our Beeston Main Centre or Ellis Grove Centre also situated in Beeston.

CONSTRUCTION

Page 75: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

75Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up to date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 4 compulsory units which include:• Health, Safety and Welfare • Productive Working Practices• Moving, Handling & Storage • Manufacturing Routine Bench/Architectural Joinery Products

Plus 1 subject from below• Produce Setting Out Details for Routine Bench/Architectural Joinery Products• Mark Out from Setting Out Details for Routine Bench/Architectural Joinery Products• Set up & Operate a Circular Saw

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher Level of Study within the trade area.

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 2 in Bench Joinery

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

BENCH JOINERY (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 76: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a bench joiner. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Bench Joinery. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English and Science. You need to show that you are committed, and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual at both work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as both part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 2 in Bench Joinery• Level 2 Diploma in Bench Joinery• Level 1 Functional Skills in English• Level 1 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to gain employment in a bench joinery environment before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionWith a good tutor recommendation, good performance and evidence of commitment at work, it is possible to progress onto the Advanced Level 3 Apprenticeship in Bench Joinery.

QualificationApprenticeship in Bench Joinery

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 Day per week attendance at College & On Site Assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

BENCH JOINERY APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 77: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

77

Page 78: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsNVQ 2 in Bench Joinery. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 8 compulsory units which include:

• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Carry out First Fixing Operations• Carry out Second Fixing Operations• Erect Structural Carcassing

Plus 1 subject from below

• Producing CAD details• Set Up and Operate a Circular Saw

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher Level of Study (supervision).

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 3 in Bench Joinery

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

BENCH JOINERY (NVQ LEVEL 3)

Page 79: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

79Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a bench joiner. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Bench Joinery. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Level Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have completed the Apprenticeship in Bench Joinery. All level 3 candidates should ideally have GCSE English Language and Maths at grade C or above or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work both as part of a team and individually, and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 3 in Bench Joinery• Level 3 Diploma in Bench Joinery• Level 2 Functional Skills in English• Level 2 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents are expected to be in employment in the bench joinery trade and have completed the Apprenticeship in Bench Joinery. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionAfter gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are also opportunities to progress into occupational work supervision, management or technical support areas or:

• HNC/HND • Construction and the Built Environment• Construction • Construction Management• Foundation Degree• Construction Management• Conservation and Restoration

QualificationAdvanced Apprenticeship in Bench Joinery

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

BENCH JOINERY ADVANCED APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Page 80: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

BRICKLAYING (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course is aimed at learners who want to develop their existing bricklaying skills or for those seeking a recognised qualification in the construction industry. It could also be used for those who are looking for a complete change in career or adding another skill to their current CV.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications in Bricklaying. However, all students will need to attend a one day taster session and complete a literacy and numeracy assessment. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction• Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Basic Blocklaying Skills• Basic Bricklaying Skills• Basic Cavity Walling• Know How to and Contribute to Setting Out Basic Masonry Structures up to DPC Level

In addition students will be expected to do Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• Diploma Level 2 Bricklaying• NVQ Level 2 Bricklaying if employed as a Bricklayer.

Career Opportunities Include:After further study students may gain employment as a Bricklayer.

QualificationCSkills Bricklaying Diploma Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 81: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

81BRICKLAYING (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification builds on the knowledge and skills gained at Level 1 and gives learners the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training. The course runs over 2 days a week. Half a day is classroom theory study and the rest is practical workshop time.

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold a Level 1 Diploma in Bricklaying. However, we welcome applications from learners who have no previous qualifications in Bricklaying but can produce a CV of up to date experience. All students will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of their ability and show an interest in the subject. All potential candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Interpret Working Drawings to Set Out Masonry Structures• Use of Thin Joint Masonry and Masonry Structures• Build Solid Walling, Isolated and Attached Piers• Build Cavity Walling Forming Masonry Structures

In addition students will study Functional Skills in Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• NVQ Level 2 Bricklaying for candidates who are employed and have access to work-based evidence• Diploma Level 3 Bricklaying, if not employed

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Bricklayer.

QualificationCSkills Bricklaying Diploma Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 82: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up to date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes practical and knowledge assignments covering 6 compulsory units which include:

• Health, Safety and Welfare • Productive Working Practices• Moving, Handling and Storage• Setting Out Masonry Structures• Building Masonry Structures• Concreting or Drainlaying

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the Industry.

ProgressionHigher Level of Study within the trade area:Trowel/ Supervisory Level 3.

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 2 in Bricklaying

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

BRICKLAYING (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 83: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

83

Page 84: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a bricklayer. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and portfolio building to compile the evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Bricklaying. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English and Science. You need to show that you are committed, and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual both at work and college and attend college every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as both part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 2 in Bricklaying• Level 2 Diploma in Bricklaying• Level 1 Functional Skills in English• Level 1 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to gain employment in a Bricklaying environment before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionWith a good tutor recommendation, good performance and evidence of commitment at work, it is possible to progress onto the Advanced Level 3 Apprenticeship in Bricklaying.

QualificationApprenticeship in Bricklaying

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 Day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

BRICKLAYING

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 85: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

85Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsNVQ 2 in Bricklaying. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes practical and knowledge assignments covering 9 compulsory units which include:

• Confirming Work Activities• Confirming Methods Work • Developing Work Relationships• Health, Safety and Welfare • Setting Out Masonry Structures• Building Masonry Structures• Setting Out Complex Masonry Structures• Building Complex Masonry Structures• Concreting or Drainlaying

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area.

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 3 in Bricklaying

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

BRICKLAYING (NVQ LEVEL 3)

Page 86: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as a bricklayer. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Bricklaying. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet successfully to be awarded the full Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have completed the Apprenticeship in Bricklaying. All Level 3 candidates should ideally have GCSE English Language and Maths at grade C or above or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College. You need to show that you are committed, and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual both at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 3 in Bricklaying• Level 3 Diploma in Bricklaying• Level 2 Functional Skills in English• Level 2 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents are expected to be in employment in the bricklaying trade and have completed the Apprenticeship in Bricklaying. You will be required to wear personal protective equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionAfter gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are also opportunities to progress into occupational work supervision, management or technical support areas or:

• HNC/HND • Construction and the Built Environment• Construction • Construction Management• Foundation Degree• Construction Management• Conservation and Restoration

QualificationAdvanced Apprenticeship in Bricklaying

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

BRICKLAYING ADVANCED APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Page 87: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

87BUILDING CRAFT OCCUPATIONS MULTI-SKILLED (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course is aimed at students who are unsure of which trade to specialise in as a career pathway. Before starting the full Diploma Level 1 all learners will complete a 5 week Basic Skills Award (Fixture & Fittings).

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications. All students will need to attend a one day taster session and complete a literacy and numeracy assessment. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Handling and Sorting Materials• Setting out• Laying Bricks and Blocks to Line• Applying Plaster Boards/Plastering and Repairs to Plaster• Painting Walls and Ceilings• Cutting Basic Joints, Fixing Skirting Boards

In addition students will study Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression Level 1 Diplomas in either of the specialist subjects:

• Bricklaying • Plastering• Carpentry/Joinery • Painting and Decorating • Groundworks

Career Opportunities Include:After further study students may gain employment as a trainee multi-skilled operative.

QualificationCSkills Building Craft Occupations Multi-SkilledLevel 1

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 88: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

CARPENTRY & JOINERY (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentBefore starting the Diploma all learners will complete a 5 week Basic Skills Award (Fixtures & Fittings). This course is aimed at learners wanting to either develop their existing carpentry/joinery skills or for those seeking a recognised qualification in the construction industry. It could also be used for those who are looking for a complete change in career or adding another skill to their current CV.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications in Carpentry/Joinery. However, all students will need to attend a one day taster session and complete a literacy and numeracy assessment. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Understand and Carry Out Safe Working Practices in Construction• Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology• Understand and Produce Basic Woodworking Joints• Understand and Maintain and Use Carpentry & Joinery Hand Tools• Understand and Prepare and Use Carpentry & Joinery Portable Power Tools

In addition students will be expected to do Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• Diploma Level 2 in Site Carpentry• Diploma Level 2 in Bench Joinery• NVQ Level 2 Site Carpenter if employed within the industry.• NVQ Level 2 Bench Joinery if employed within the industry.

Careers Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Site Carpenter or Bench Joiner.

QualificationCSkills Carpentry & Joinery Diploma Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 89: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

89

Page 90: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up to date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 3 compulsory units which include:• Health, Safety and Welfare • Productive Working Practices• Moving, Handling & Storage

Plus 3 subjects from below:• Install First Fixing Components• Install Second Fixing Components• Erect Structural Carcassing• Carry Out Maintenance• Set Up & Operate a Circular Saw

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area.

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 2 in Site Carpentry

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

CARPENTRY (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 91: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

91Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsNVQ 2 in Site Carpentry. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes practical and knowledge assignments covering 9 compulsory units which include:

• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities & Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Carry Out Bespoke First Fixing Operations• Carry Out Bespoke Second Fixing Operations• Setting Up Transportable Cutting & Shaping Machines

Plus 2 subjects from below:

• Erect Complex Structural Carcassing Components• Maintain Non-Structural and Structural Components• Complex Roof Structure Carcassing

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area.

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 3 in Site Carpentry

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

CARPENTRY (NVQ LEVEL 3)

Page 92: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SITE CARPENTRY (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification builds on the knowledge and skills gained at Level 1 and gives learners the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training. The course runs over 2 days a week. Half a day is classroom theory study and the rest is practical workshop time.

Entry RequirementsDiploma Level 1 Carpentry & Joinery. We welcome applications from learners who have no previous qualifications in Carpentry & Joinery but can produce a CV of up to date experience. All students will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of their ability and show an interest in the subject. All potential candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Carry Out First Fixing Operations• Carry Out Second Fixing Operations• Erect Structural Carcassing• Carry Out Maintenance• Set up and Operate a Circular Saw

In addition students will study Functional Skills in Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression • Progress onto NVQ Site Carpentry course for candidates who are employed and have access to work based evidence.• Progress to Diploma Level 3 Site Carpentry, if not employed within the industry as a Site Carpenter.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Site Carpenter.

QualificationCSkills Site Carpentry Diploma Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 93: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

93Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as a Site Carpenter. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Site Carpentry. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English and Science. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual both at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 2 in Site Carpentry• Level 2 Diploma in Site Carpentry• Level 1 Functional Skills in English• Level 1 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to gain employment in a site carpentry environment before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionWith a good tutor recommendation, quality performance and proving commitment at work, it is possible to progress onto the Advanced Level 3 Apprenticeship in Site Carpentry.

QualificationApprenticeship in Site Carpentry

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

SITE CARPENTRY

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 94: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SITE CARPENTRY (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification gives learners the opportunity to develop their knowledge and skills to an advanced level and gives a greater insight into Site Management. The course runs over 2 days a week. Half a day is classroom theory study and the rest is practical workshop time.

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold an NVQ Level 2 or Diploma Level 2 in Site Carpentry. All potential candidates would need to sit an initialassessment. All Level 3 candidates should ideally have GCSE English Language and Maths at grade C or above or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the college.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction• Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Carry Out First Fixing Operations• Carry Out Second Fixing Operations• Produce Plaster Components• Erect Complex Structural Carcassing Components• Maintain Non-Structural and Structural Components• Set Up and Use Fixed and Transportable Machinery • Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

ProgressionEnrolment onto NVQ Level 3 Site Carpentry for candidates who are employed and have access to work based evidence. Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Site Carpenter.

QualificationCSkills Site Carpentry Diploma Level 3

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 95: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

95

Page 96: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as a site carpenter. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Site Carpentry. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have completed the Apprenticeship in Site Carpentry. All Level 3 candidates should ideally have GCSE English Language and Maths at grade C or above or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual both at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 3 in Site Carpentry• Level 3 Diploma in Site Carpentry• Level 2 Functional Skills in English• Level 2 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationStudents are expected to have employment in the site carpentry trade and have completed the Intermediate Apprenticeship in Site Carpentry. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionAfter gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are also opportunities to progress into occupational work supervision, management or technical support areas or:

• HNC/HND Construction and the Built Environment Construction Construction Management• Foundation Degree Construction Management Conservation and Restoration

QualificationAdvanced Apprenticeship in Site Carpentry

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

SITE CARPENTRY

ADVANCED APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Page 97: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

97Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up-to-date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 4 compulsory units which include:

• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and Use of Efficient Work Practices• Handling and Storing Resources• Installing Cavity Wall Insulation

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study.

QualificationABBE NVQ 2 in Insulation & Building Treatments - Cavity Wall

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

CAVITY WALL (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 98: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

CONSTRUCTION & CIVIL ENGINEERING SERVICES (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentBefore starting the full Diploma all learners will complete a 5 week Basic Skills Award (Fixtures & Fittings).

This course is aimed at learners wanting to either develop their existing groundworks skills or for those seeking a recognised qualification in the construction industry. It could also be used for those who are looking for a complete change in career or adding another skill to their current CV.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications in groundworks. However, all students will need to attend a one day taster session and complete a literacy and numeracy assessment. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction• Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Cut Construction Related Materials: Bricks, Blocks, Concrete etc.• Lay Construction Related Materials: Drainage, Concrete, Foundations, Footings etc.• Prepare Mixed Construction Related Materials.

In addition students will study Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• Level 2 Diploma in Groundworks • NVQ Level 2 Groundworks if employed within the industry.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Groundworker/Drain Layer.

QualificationCSkills Construction & Civil Engineering Services Level 1 - Ground Works

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 99: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

99Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification builds on the knowledge and skills gained at Level 1 and gives learners the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training. The course runs over 2 days a week. Half a day is classroom theory study and the rest is practical workshop time.

Entry RequirementsDiploma Level 1 Groundworks. We welcome applications from learners who have no previous qualifications in Groundworks but can produce a CV of up to date experience. All students will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of their ability and show an interest in the subject. All potential candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Establish Work Area Protection and Safety• Know How to and Lay Domestic Drainage in Position• Know How to Place and Finish Non-Specialist Concrete• Place and Finish Non-Specialist Drainage

In addition students will study Functional Skills in Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression Candidates who gain employment and have access to work-based evidence can enrol onto one of the following:

• NVQ Level 2 General Construction Operations • NVQ Level 2 Kerbing and Channelling.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Groundworker.

QualificationCSkills Construction Operations – General Construction Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS GENERAL (LEVEL 2)

Page 100: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as a groundworker. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Certificate in Construction Operations. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Intermediate Level Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English and Science. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually, and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 2 in Construction Operations• Level 2 Diploma in Construction Operations• Level 1 Functional Skills in English• Level 1 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to obtain employment in a groundworks environment before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgessionAlthough there is no Advanced Apprenticeship in General Construction Operations, there is the possibility after gaining experience in their chosen occupational area to progress into occupational work supervision, management or technical support areas.

QualificationApprenticeship in General Construction Operations

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 101: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

101Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables both experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up to date experience. All candidates would need to sit an Initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 4 compulsory units which include:

• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and use of Efficient Work Practices• Handling and Storing Resources• Installing Cavity Loft Insulation

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study.

QualificationABBE NVQ 2 in Insulation & Building Treatments - Loft Insulation

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

LOFT INSULATION (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 102: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who haveprevious qualifications/experience in their chosentrade area and can produce a CV of up to dateexperience. All candidates would need to sit aninitial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes practical and knowledge assignments covering 7 compulsory units which include:

• Implementing Safe Working Practices in Construction • Developing use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Confirming use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Coordinating Work Operations• Confirming Work and Resources• Allocating/Monitoring Plant, Machinery or Equipment• Monitoring Progress of Work Against Schedules

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher Level of Study within the trade area.

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 3 in Occupational Work Supervision

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the Workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

OCCUPATIONAL WORK SUPERVISION (NVQ LEVEL 3)

Page 103: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

103

Page 104: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentBefore starting the Diploma all learners will complete a 5 week Basic Skills Award (Fixtures & Fittings).

This course is aimed at learners wanting to either develop their existing painting/decorating skills or for those seeking a recognised qualification in the construction industry. It could also be used for those who are looking for a complete change in career or adding another skill to their current CV.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications in Painting and Decorating. However, all students will need to attend a one day taster session and complete a literacy and numeracy assessment. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction• Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others• Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology• Erect and Dismantle Access Equipment and Working Platforms• Prepare Surfaces for Decoration• Apply Paint Systems by Brush and Roller• Apply Foundation and Plain Papers• Apply Specialist Decorative Finishes

In addition students will be expected to study Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• Diploma Level 2 in Painting & Decorating• NVQ Level 2 Painting & Decorating, if employed within the industry.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Painter & Decorator.

QualificationCSkills Painting & Decorating Diploma Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PAINTING & DECORATING (LEVEL 1)

Page 105: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

105Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification builds on the knowledge and skills gained at Level 1 and gives learners the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training. The course runs over 2 days a week. Half a day is classroom theory study and the rest is practical workshop time.

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold a Level 1 Painting and Decorating Diploma. However, we welcome applications from learners who have no previous qualifications in Painting & Decorating but can produce a CV of up to date experience. All students will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of their ability and show an interest in the subject. All potential candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Prepare Surfaces for Decoration • Apply Standard Papers to Walls and Ceilings• Produce Specialist Decorative Finishes • Apply Water-Borne Paint Systems Using Spray Equipment• Erect and Dismantle Access Equipment and Working Platforms

In addition students will study Functional Skills in Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• NVQ Level 2 Painting & Decorating course for candidates who are employed and have access to work-based evidence.• Diploma Level 3 Painting & Decorating, if not employed within the industry as a Painter & Decorator.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Painter & Decorator.

QualificationCSkills Painting & Decorating Diploma Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PAINTING & DECORATING (LEVEL 2)

Page 106: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up-to-date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 6 compulsory units which include:

• Health, Safety and Welfare • Productive Working Practices• Moving, Handling and Storage• Working Platforms• Preparing Surfaces for Painting• Painting by Brush and Roller

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area.

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 2 in Painting & Decorating

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

PAINTING & DECORATING (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 107: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

107Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as a painter & decorator. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Painting & Decorating. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English and Science. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual both at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 2 in Painting & Decorating• Level 2 Diploma in Painting & Decorating• Level 1 Functional Skills in English• Level 1 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to obtain employment in a painting & decorating environment before enrolling. You will also need to find your own travel costs to placement. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionWith a good tutor recommendation, good performance and evidence of commitment at work, it is possible to progress onto the Advanced Level 3 Apprenticeship in Painting & Decorating.

QualificationApprenticeship in Painting & Decorating

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PAINTING & DECORATING

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 108: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsNVQ 2 in Painting & Decorating. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes practical and knowledge assignments covering 9 compulsory units which include:

• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Developing Work Relationships• Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Prepare Surfaces• Erect and Dismantle Access Equipment• Apply Paint Systems by Brush and Roller• Apply Hanging Wallpapers to Walls and Ceilings• Produce Specialist Decorative Finishes

Plus 1 unit

• Carry out Specialist Decorative Work

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area.

QualificationCSkills NVQ Level 3 in Painting & Decorating

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

PAINTING & DECORATING (NVQ LEVEL 3)

Page 109: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

109Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as a painter & decorator. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Painting & Decorating. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Advanced Level Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have completed the Apprenticeship in Painting & Decorating. All Level 3 candidates should ideally have GCSE English Language and Maths at grade C or above or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College. You need to show that you are committed, and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual both at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 3 in Painting & Decorating• Level 3 Diploma in Painting & Decorating• Level 2 Functional Skills in English• Level 2 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents are expected to have employment in the Painting & Decorating trade and have completed the Intermediate Apprenticeship in Painting & Decorating. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionAfter gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are also opportunities to progress into occupational work supervision, management or technical support areas or:

• HNC/HND Construction and the Built Environment Construction Construction Management• Foundation Degree Construction Management Conservation and Restoration

QualificationAdvanced Apprenticeship in Painting & Decorating

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PAINTING & DECORATING

ADVANCED APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Page 110: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentBefore starting the Diploma all learners will complete a 5 week Basic Skills Award (Fixtures & Fittings).

This course is aimed at learners wanting to either develop their existing plastering skills or for those seeking a recognised qualification in the construction industry. It could also be used for those who are looking for a complete change in career or adding another skill to their current CV.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications in plastering. However, all students will need to attend a one day taster session and complete a literacy and numeracy assessment. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction• Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Prepare Background Surfaces and Plaster Materials• Apply Plaster Materials to Internal Backgrounds• Produce Components from Moulds

In addition students will study Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• Level 2 Diploma in Plastering • NVQ Level 2 Plastering if employed within the Industry.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Plasterer.

QualificationCSkills Plastering Diploma Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLASTERING (LEVEL 1)

Page 111: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

111

Page 112: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification builds on the knowledge and skills gained at Level 1 and gives learners the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training. The course runs over 2 days a week. Half a day is classroom theory study and the rest is practical workshop time.

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold a Level 1 Plastering Diploma. However, we welcome applications from learners who have no previous qualifications in plastering but have up to date experience. All students will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of their ability and show an interest in the subject. All potential candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Apply Plaster Materials to External Surfaces• Fix Dry Lining and Plasterboard Products to Interiors• Form Sand and Cement Screeds• Produce Plaster Components• Position and Secure Fibrous Plaster Components• Apply Plaster Materials to Internal Surfaces• Apply Plaster Materials to Produce Complex External Surfaces• Position and Secure Fibrous Plaster Components

In addition students will study Functional Skills in Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• NVQ Level 2 Plastering, for candidates who are employed and have access to work-based evidence.• Diploma Level 3 plastering, if not employed within the industry as a plasterer.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include becoming a Trainee Plasterer.

PLASTERING (LEVEL 2)

QualificationCSkills Plastering Diploma Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 113: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

113Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up-to-date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 4 compulsory units which include:• Health, Safety and Welfare • Productive Working Practices• Moving, Handling and Storage• Apply Finishing Plaster to Background Surfaces

Plus 1 subject from below• Produce Internal Solid Plastering Finishes • Produce External Solid Render Finishes • Installing Dry Lining• Laying Sand & Cement Screeds

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area.

QualificationCSkills NVQ 2 in Plastering

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLASTERING (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 114: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as a plasterer. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Plastering. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to successfully complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be awarded the full Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English and Science. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual at both work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as both part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 2 in Plastering• Level 2 Diploma in Plastering• Level 1 Functional Skills in English• Level 1 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to gain employment in a plastering environment before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionWith a good tutor recommendation, good performance and evidence of commitment at work, it is possible to progress onto the Advanced Level 3 Apprenticeship in Plastering.

QualificationApprenticeship in Plastering

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLASTERING

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 115: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

115Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification gives learners the opportunity to develop their knowledge and skills to an advanced level and gives a greater insight into Site Management. The course runs over 2 days a week. Half a day is classroom theory study and the rest is practical workshop time.

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold an NVQ Level 2 or Diploma Level 2 in Plastering. All potential candidates would need to sit an initial assessment. All Level 3 candidates should ideally have GCSE English Language and Maths at C or above or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Safe Working Practices in Construction • Knowledge of and Use of Information, Quantities and Communication with Others • Knowledge of and Use of Building Methods and Construction Technology • Fix Dry Lining and Plasterboard Products to Interiors• Produce Plaster Components• Position and Secure Fibrous Plaster Components• Apply Plaster Materials to Produce Complex Internal Surfaces• Apply Plaster Materials to Produce Complex External Surfaces• Form Screeds and Granolithic Finishes• Prepare and Run In-Situ Moulds

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence. Students will need to sit a GOLA exam at the end of the course.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• NVQ Level 3 Plastering, for candidates who are employed and have access to work-based evidence.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Plasterer.

PLASTERING (LEVEL 3)

QualificationCSkills Plastering Solid Diploma Level 3

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 116: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsNVQ 2 in Plastering. All candidates need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes practical and knowledge assignments covering 6 compulsory units which include:

• Safe Working Practices in Construction

• Knowledge Of & Use Of Information, Quantities & Communication with Others

• Knowledge Of & Use Of Building Methods & Construction Technology

• Apply Plaster Materials to Produce Complex Internal Surfaces

• Apply Render Materials to Produce Complex External Surfaces

Plus 1 subject from below:

• Install Direct Bond Dry Lining

• Prepare & Run In-situ Moulds

• Fix Plasterboard Products to Interiors

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study.

QualificationCSkills NVQ 3 in Plastering (Solid)

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLASTERING (NVQ LEVEL 3)

Page 117: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

117Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the Construction trade as a plasterer. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Plastering. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to successfully be awarded the full Advanced Level Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Plastering. All Level 3 candidates should ideally have GCSE English Language and Maths at grade C or above or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English at the discretion of the College. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual both at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually, and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 3 in Plastering• Level 2 Diploma in Plastering • Level 2 Functional Skills in English• Level 2 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents are expected to have employment in the plastering trade and have completed the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Plastering. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionAfter gaining work experience in the chosen occupational area there are also opportunities to progress into occupational work supervision, management or technical support areas:

• HNC/HND Construction Construction Management• Foundation Degree Construction and the Built Environment Construction Management Conservation and Restoration

QualificationAdvanced Apprenticeship in Plastering

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLASTERING

ADVANCED APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Page 118: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentBefore starting the main qualification all learners will complete a 5 week Basic Skills Award (Fixtures & Fittings). This course is aimed at learners wanting to either develop their existing plumbing skills or for those seeking a recognised qualification in the construction industry. It could also be used for those who are looking for a complete change in career or adding another skill to their current CV.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications in Plumbing. However, all students will need to attend a one day taster session and complete a literacy and numeracy assessment. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Introduction to the Building Service Engineer• Health & Safety• Plumbing Science & Principles• Working with Non-Manipulative Compression Fittings• Copper Pipe Bending and Jointing• Working with Capillary Fittings• Working with Low Carbon Steel and Fittings• Copper Pipe Bending & Jointing• Installing a Wash Basin• Installing a WC• Installing a Bath• Removing and Refitting a Water Filled Radiator• Connecting Plastic Fittings to a Cold Water Cistern and Central Heating Header Tank

In addition students will study Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• Level 2 in Plumbing • NVQ Level 2 Plumbing if employed within the industry

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Plumber.

QualificationCity & Guilds 6218 Certificate in Plumbing Level 1

EAL/EMTA in Plumbing Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston – Ellis Grove Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLUMBING (LEVEL 1)

Page 119: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

119

Page 120: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification builds on the knowledge and skills gained at Level 1 and gives learners the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training. The course runs over 2 days a week. Half a day is classroom theory study and the rest is practical workshop time.

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold a Level 1 Plumbing qualification. However, we welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications in Plumbing but can produce a CV of up to date experience. All students will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of their ability and show an interest in the subject. All potential candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Safety• Key Plumbing Principles• Common Plumbing Processes• Cold Water Systems• Domestic Hot Water Systems• Sanitation Systems• Central Heating Systems• Electrical Supply• Environmental Awareness• Effective Working Relationships

In addition students will study Functional Skills in Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• NVQ Level 2 in Plumbing, if the candidate gains employment and has access to work-based evidence.

Career Opportunities Include:Potential careers include employment as a Trainee Plumber.

QualificationABC Plumbing Studies Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston – Ellis Grove Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLUMBING STUDIES (LEVEL 2)

Page 121: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

121Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up to date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Install and Maintain Domestic Plumbing and Heating Systems• Apply Safe Working Practices in Building Services Engineering & Working Environment

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical on site assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry and have completed the City and Guilds 6129 Certificate in Basic Plumbing Studies.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area.

QualificationCity & Guilds NVQ 2 in Plumbing

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLUMBING (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 122: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as a plumber. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and build the portfolio of evidence you need for the Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Plumbing. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to successfully be awarded the full Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English and Science. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually and be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 2 in Plumbing• Level 2 Diploma in Plumbing• Level 2 Functional Skills in English• Level 2 Functional Skills in Maths• Level 1 Functional Skills in ICT • ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to gain employment in a plumbing environment before enrolling. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

ProgressionWith a good tutor recommendation, good performance and evidence of commitment at work, it is possible to progress onto the Advanced Level 3 Apprenticeship in Plumbing.

QualificationApprenticeship in Plumbing

Duration2 years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston – Ellis Grove Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PLUMBING

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Page 123: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

123Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up-to-date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 6 compulsory units which include:

• Conforming to General, Health & Safety in the Workplace• Conforming to Productive Working Practices in the Workplace• Moving, Handling & Storing Resources in the Workplace • Working Safely at Heights• Installing Solar Collectors to Roof in the Workplace• Understanding Solar Photo Voltaic Systems

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area• Surveyor• Field Manager (Supervisor)

QualificationABBE NVQ 2 in Installing Solar Collectors to Roofs - Solar Photovoltaic

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 124: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have previous qualifications/experience in their chosen trade area and can produce a CV of up-to-date experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes 12 compulsory units which include:

• Conforming to General Health & Safety in the Workplace• Conforming to Productive Working Practices in the Workplace• Moving, Handling and Storing Resources in the Workplace • Working Safely at Heights• Installing Solar Collectors to Roof in the Workplace• Understanding Solar Thermal Systems

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the industry.

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area• Surveyor• Field Manager (Supervisor)

QualificationABBE NVQ 2 in Installing Solar Collectors to Roofs - Solar Thermal

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

SOLAR THERMAL (NVQ LEVEL 2)

Page 125: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

125

Page 126: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

These high quality courses are intended to appeal to those who want to study a practical, construction trade-related subject with the intention of seeking further training and/or employment in the building industry.

The electrical courses are held at our Ellis Grove Centre in Beeston.

ELECTRICAL

Page 127: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

127PERFORMING ENGINEERING OPERATIONS – ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1 & 2)

Course ContentThis is a Level 1/2 course, which aims at giving students the necessary skills needed to progress to a higher level of Electrical Installation. Before starting the Electrical Level 1, all learners will complete a 5 week Basic Skills Award (Fixture & Fittings).

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from students who have no previous qualifications in Electrical. However, all students will need to attend a one day taster session and complete a literacy and numeracy assessment. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Working Safely in an Electrical Environment• Using & Communicating Technical Information• Wiring Electrical Equipment & Circuits• Assembling, Wiring & Support Systems

Followed by the Level 2

• Working Safely in an Electrical Environment• Working Efficiently & Effectively in Engineering• Using & Communicating Technical Information• Wiring & Testing Electrical Equipment & Circuits• Forming & Assembling Electrical Cable Enclosure & Support Systems• Maintaining Electrical Equipment & Systems

In addition students will study Functional Skills in English and Maths.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• Level 2 C&G 2365 • PEO Level 3 or NVQ Level 2 if employed as an Electrician.

After further study students may be able to gain employment as a trainee Electrician.

QualificationsEAL Performing Engineering Operations – Electrical Level 1 & 2

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 Days per week

Location Beeston – Ellis Grove Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 128: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis Level 2 qualification builds on the knowledge and skills gained at Level 1 and gives learners the opportunity to progress into employment within the industry and/or onto a higher level of training. The course runs over 2 days a week, 1 day in the classroom and 1 day in the workshop.

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold a Level 1 in Electrical. However, we welcome applications from learners who have no previous qualifications in Electrical but can produce a CV of up to date experience. All students will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject. All potential candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Electrical Installation Technology • Principles of Electrical Science • Installation of Wiring Systems and Equipment • Health & Safety in Building Services • Understand How to Communicate with Others in the Building Services Industry

In addition students will study Functional Skills in Maths.

AssessmentThis is carried out through online exams and practical assessments.

Essential InformationStudents will need to wear protective footwear and overalls purchased by themselves prior to the start of the course.

Progression• Level 3 City & Guilds 2365 • NVQ Level 3, if employed within the industry.

After further study students may be able to gain employment as a trainee Multi-Skilled Operative.

QualificationsCity & Guilds 2365 Electrical Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 Days per week

Location Beeston – Ellis Grove Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 129: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

129

Page 130: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ELECTRICALADVANCED APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is for those employed in the construction trade as an Electrician. You will attend College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge and evidence you need for the Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Electrotechnical Technology. You will also study Functional Skills in English and Maths as part of the course. You will be required to complete an Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklet to be successfully awarded the full Advanced Level Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsAll level 3 candidates should ideally have GCSE English Language and Maths at grade C or above or Functional Skills at Level 1 in Maths and English (at the discretion of the College.) You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual at work and College and attend College every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually. You will be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• NVQ 3 in Electrotechnical Technology• Level 3 Diploma in Electrotechnical Technology• Achievement Measurement Test (AM2)• Level 2 Functional Skills in English• Level 2 Functional Skills in Maths• ERR (Employment Rights & Responsibilities)• PLTS (Personal Learning & Thinking Skills)• Level 1 Functional Skills in ICT

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to obtain employment in an electrical environment before enrolling. You will also need to find your own travel costs to placement. You will be required to wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) at all times during your placement and at College when using any tools/machinery.

Progression• Electrical Engineering HNC

QualificationAdvanced Apprenticeship in Electrical Level 3

Duration3 ½ years

Mode of Study1 day per week attendance at College & on site assessment

Location Beeston – Ellis Grove Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 131: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

131ELECTROTECHNICAL TECHNOLOGY (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis Level 3 qualification enables experienced workers to become fully qualified within their chosen trade area.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have achieved the City & Guilds Level 2 & 3 Certificate in Electrotechnical Technology (2330). Applicants are also required to produce a CV which reflects current experience. All candidates would need to sit an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Health & Safety Legislation• Environmental Legislation• Practices & Procedures for Overseeing & Organising the Work Environment• Principles of Planning & Selection for the Installation of Electrotechnical Equipment & Systems• Practices & Procedures for the Preparation & Installation of Wiring Systems & Electrotechnical Equipment• Cable Termination• Inspection & Testing• Fault Finding• Electrical Principles

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationThe applicant must be employed full-time within the Industry and have achieved the Level 2 & 3 2330 Certificates in Electrotechnical Technology. Candidates are also required to complete the Achievement Measurement 2 skills test (AM2).

ProgressionHigher level of study within the trade area.

QualificationCity & Guilds Level 3 NVQ in Electrotechnical Technology

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyWork Based

Location In the workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 132: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ELECTROTECHNICAL TECHNOLOGY BUILDING & STRUCTURES (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course combines Health and Safety in Building Services, Engineering Environmental Technology, Principles of Electrical Science, Fault Diagnosis and Rectification Inspection, Testing and Commissioning Electrical Systems and Design Career Awareness.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who are over the age of 19 and have successfully completed the City & Guilds 2365 Level 2 Electrical qualification. All students will be interviewed and will need to present evidence of ability and an interest in the subject. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes practical and knowledge assignments covering 7 mandatory units:

• Health & Safety in Building Services Engineering• Fundamental Principles & Requirements of Environmental Technology• Principles of Electrical Science • Electrical Installations: Fault Diagnosis & Rectification• Electrical Installations: Inspection, Testing & Commissioning• Electrical Systems Design• Career Awareness in Building Services Engineering

AssessmentAssessment is by 2 multiple choice online exams and 6 Assignments.

ProgressionThis is a Level 3 course, which is aimed at giving students the necessary skills and knowledge needed to progress onto the NVQ Level 3.

• 2382 Wiring Regulationss• 2391 Inspection & Testing

QualificationCity & Guilds 2365 Diploma Level 3 in Electrotechnical Technology

Duration1 year

Mode of Study2 days per week

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 133: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

133

Page 134: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Our courses offer excellent preparation for further qualifications and careers within the Manufacturing and Engineering industries that are vital to the global economy. Careers for the professional engineer offer a choice of challenging and rewarding opportunities.

The engineering facilities at the London Road Centre include modern industrial lathes, milling machines, drills, grinders and computer numerically controlled machines. The New Basford Centre is one of the largest fabrication and welding centres in the UK.

ENGINEERING & MANUFACTURING

Page 135: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

135Course ContentThis is a City & Guilds 2850 Level 1 course which is aimed at giving students the necessary skills needed to progress to a higher level of engineering. The course is over 36 weeks and successful candidates will have the opportunity to progress onto a Level 2 engineering qualification.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have no previous qualifications in engineering. All students will be interviewed, carry out an initial assessment and attend a taster day. Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and therefore, additional hours will need to be added onto the course to cover these.

Subjects/Modules• Working Safely in an Engineering Environment • Flat Position Welding in MIG • Flat Position Welding in TIG

Additional Qualifications • PSD Qualification• Functional Skills Maths• Functional Skills English

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationOn the programme you will be expected to wear steel toe cap boots, flame retardant overalls and protective headwear which are all provided by the College. If clothing or footwear is lost or damaged, a small charge (approx. £40) will be incurred by students for replacements.

Progression• Engineering Level 2 courses• Apprenticeship in Engineering

Potential careers after further study will include

• Engineer• Welder• Sheet Metal Worker

QualificationsCity & Guilds 2850 in Engineering Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location New Basford Engineering Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

ENGINEERING (LEVEL 1)

Page 136: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThe EAL Level 2 Engineering course is for those progressing from the Level 1 course to gain further knowledge of Engineering. It covers practical knowledge and understanding for working safely in the industry. It gives students the opportunity to develop their knowledge and skills in the fabrication and welding trade. The course is over 36 weeks and successful candidates will have the opportunity to progress onto a Level 3 of an industry recognised qualification in the Engineering industry.

Entry RequirementsYou will need NVQ Level 1/City & Guilds Level 1 or 3 GCSEs at grade D or above including Maths and English Language or Key /Functional Skills in English and Maths Level 1. GCSE Science is desirable but not essential. A good reference is required.

Subjects/Modules• Engineering Environment Awareness • Engineering Techniques• Engineering Principles • Fabrication and Welding Principles • Manual Welding Techniques• Producing Components from Sheet Metal

Additional Qualifications • PSD Qualification• City & Guilds 3268 Level 2 MIG Welding • City & Guilds 3268 Level 3 MIG Welding

AssessmentYou will be assessed in the workplace for your practical skills and will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required. You will also need to complete an on-line exam.

Essential InformationOn the programme you will be expected to wear steel toe cap boots, flame retardant overalls and protective headwear which are all provided by the College. If clothing or footwear is lost or damaged, a small charge (approx. £40) will be incurred by students for replacements.

Progression• Engineering Level 3 courses• Apprenticeship in Engineering

Potential careers after further study will include:

• Engineer• Welder• Sheet Metal Worker

QualificationsEAL Engineering Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location New Basford Engineering Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

ENGINEERING (LEVEL 2)

Page 137: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

137

Page 138: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is designed for everyone who would like to obtain primarily theoretical skills supplemented with some practical skills in mechanical and electrical engineering. This course can be taken with a view to obtaining employment in the electrical or mechanical industry. The BTEC Level 3 Diploma is awarded UCAS points for university entry and is compared on the UCAS tariff scale with 2 A-Levels. The course is over 34 weeks and successful candidates will have the opportunity to progress onto Higher Education.

Entry Requirements4 GCSE Grade C’s or above in Maths, English Language and Science. Other qualifications i.e. an EAL Advanced Diploma, EAL Level 3, practical experience etc, may be considered suitable. These will be judged on their individual merits at the time of application and interview. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement and you will need to bring this to the interview.

Subjects/ModulesCore units:

• Health & Safety in the Engineering Workplace• Mathematics for Technicians• Electrical and Electronic Principles• Mechanical Principles• Communications• Engineering Project

Specialist units:

• Properties & Applications of Engineering Materials • Electro/Pneumatic and Hydraulic System & Devices• Computer Aided Drafting• Further Mathematics for Engineering Technicians

• Engineering Maintenance Procedures & Techniques

AssessmentThe assessment procedure for each unit involves completing a programme of assignments or phase tests to satisfy Pass, Merit and Distinction criteria. This will include an assessment of practical skills and the ability to work safely in the workshop environment. You will be required to present your engineering project to lecturing staff and invited guests from industry. All assessment procedures are subject to scrutiny by an external moderator appointed by Edexcel.The final BTEC award for each student will be an accumulation of marks earned from each of the engineering units.

Essential InformationYou will need your own overalls and safety shoes and these can be purchased through the College when you join the course. In addition to this you will need an A4 ring binder and writing paper, pens/pencils and a Casio scientific calculator.

ProgressionThe course is designed to prepare you for higher education at HNC/HND or Foundation Degree Levels. A further Level 3 qualification (i.e. AS/A2) taken alongside the Level 3 Diploma would earn additional UCAS points to prepare you for study at university. Subjects for consideration include Mechanical or Electronic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Product Design, Motor Sport Engineering or Marine Engineering. The course is also ideal for those wishing to seek employment in the field of engineering, with the intention of returning to College to complete a HNC/HND, or as part of the Modern Advanced Apprenticeship. You can go straight into employment as an engineering technician in a wide range of engineering disciplines.

QualificationsBTEC Diploma in Engineering Level 3 (College Based)

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

ENGINEERING (LEVEL 3)

Page 139: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

139Course ContentThe Advanced Diploma is a qualification that is equivalent to 3 A-Levels, combining theoretical and hands-on applied learning. This course will broaden your horizons and future options. Upon successful completion, you may decide to apply for a degree course in various disciplines including: Business, Design, Engineering, IT or enter into employment. All the skills acquired by Diploma students are relevant to the modern day workplace.

Entry Requirements5 GCSE grades A* to C including English Language, Maths and Science or Functional Skills in English and Maths. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement and you will need to bring this to the interview.

Subjects/Modules• Engineering Fundamentals• Health & Safety• Engineering Design• Mechanical Engineering Principles• General Engineering Maintenance Techniques• Computer Aided Design• Electrical & Electronics Principles• Installation of Electrical Equipment

AssessmentYou will be assessed in the workplace for your practical skills and will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required. You will also need to complete an on-line exam.

Essential InformationOn the programme you will be expected to wear steel toe cap boots, flame retardant overalls and protective headwear, which are all provided by the College. If clothing or footwear is lost or damaged, a small charge (approx. £40) will be incurred by students for replacements.

Progression• Engineering Level 3 BTEC course• Higher Education Degree• Apprenticeship in Engineering

You can go straight into employment as an Engineering Technician in a wide range of engineering disciplines.

QualificationsEAL Advanced Engineering Level 3

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

ENGINEERING – ADVANCED (LEVEL 3)

Page 140: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThe Level 3 Engineering (Fabrication & Welding) qualification is equivalent to A-Level study (3 A-Levels), combining theoretical and hands-on applied learning. This course will broaden your horizons and future options. Upon successful completion, you may decide to apply for a degree course in various disciplines including: Business, Design, Engineering, IT or enter into employment. All the skills acquired by Diploma students are relevant to the modern day workplace. The course is over 36 weeks and successful candidates will have the opportunity to progress onto a Level 3 BTEC.

Entry RequirementsSuccessfully completed Level 2 EAL or 5 GCSE grades A* to C including English Language, Maths and Science (preferably with some knowledge of welding) or Functional Skills in English and Maths. A good reference will be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement which you will need to bring to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Engineering Fundamentals Progressive Unit • Engineering Organisational Efficiency & Improvement • Engineering & Environmental Health & Safety• Manual Metal-Arc (MMA) Welding • Metal Inert Gas (MIG) Welding• Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) Welding • Mechanised Welding Processes• Producing Plate Fabrications • Producing Pipework Fabrications • Managing Fabrication Activities

AssessmentYou will be assessed in the workplace for your practical skills and will produce a portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required. You will also need to complete an on-line exam.

Essential InformationOn the programme you will be expected to wear steel toe cap boots, flame retardant overalls and protective headwear which are all provided by the College. If clothing or footwear is lost or damaged, a small charge (approx. £40) will be incurred by students for replacements.

Progression• Engineering Level 3 BTEC course• Higher Education Degree• Apprenticeship in Engineering

Potential careers after further study will include

• Engineer• Welder• Sheet Metal Worker

QualificationsEAL Engineering – Fabrication & Welding Level 3

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location New Basford Engineering Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

ENGINEERINGFABRICATION & WELDING (LEVEL 3)

Page 141: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

141

Page 142: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for those looking for a career in one of the industry’s engineering sectors. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week. You will also attend the College one day a week to complete the underpinning knowledge needed and to build a portfolio of evidence. These are required to complete the Level 2 Diploma in Performing Engineering Operations and the Level 2 Diploma in Engineering and Technology qualifications. The study of functional skills in English and Maths will form part of the course. You will also be required to successfully complete Personal Learning, Thinking Skills and the Employment Rights and Responsibilities work booklets to be awarded the complete Apprenticeship Framework Certificate.

Entry RequirementsApplicants need to have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. These must include Maths, English Language and Science. You need to show commitment and be aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the company who would employ you. You will be expected to be punctual at both work and College and attend college every week, showing a professional attitude. You also need to be happy to work as part of a team and individually. You will be able to use your own initiative. A good reference will be required.

Subjects/ModulesCore units:

• Engineering Health and Safety • Working Efficiently And Effectively • Using and Communicating Technical Information

Specialist units dependent on pathway:

• TIG Welding of Materials • Sheet Metalwork • Fabrication of materials • Turning• Milling

AssessmentYou will be assessed in the workplace for your practical skills and will be expected to produce portfolios of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required.

Essential InformationYou will need your own overalls and safety shoes. These can be purchased through the College when you join the course. In addition to this you will need an A4 ring binder, writing paper, pens and pencils.

Progression• Engineering Level 3 BTEC course• C&G 2850 Level 3 Engineering

QualificationEAL Performing Engineering Operations NVQ (Level 2)

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location London Road Centre

New Basford Engineering Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

PERFORMING ENGINEERING OPERATIONS (LEVEL 2)

Page 143: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

143Course ContentThis course is for those looking for a career in one of the industry’s engineering sectors. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week. You will attend College one day a week to obtain theoretical skills and practical skills in mechanical fabrication & welding.

Entry RequirementsNormally 4 GCSE Grade C’s or above in Mathematics, English and a Science will be required. Other qualifications, NVQ Level 2 Performing Engineering Operations, practical experience etc may be considered as suitable. These will be judged on their individual merits at the time of application and interview. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/ModulesSix units will be studied over 2 years, comprising of compulsory core units and specialist units.Core units:

• Engineering Health and Safety • Engineering Principles

Specialist units dependent on pathway:

• TIG Welding of Materials • Sheet Metalwork • Fabrication of Materials • Machining Materials by Turning• Machining Materials by Milling

AssessmentFor this qualification, candidates will be required to complete the following assessments:• Online test for each mandatory unit • One short-answer question paper covering the principles of each unit • One assignment for each chosen optional unit• Practical observations, on-line tests, written tests and submission of a portfolio of work

Essential InformationYou will need your own overalls and safety shoes. These can be purchased through the College when you join the course. In addition to this you will need an A4 ring binder and writing paper, pens, pencils and a Casio scientific calculator.

Progression• Engineering BTEC Level 3 course• Higher Apprenticeship

QualificationCity & Guilds 2850 Apprenticeship in Engineering (Level 3)

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location London Road Centre

New Basford Engineering Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

ENGINEERING

APPRENTICESHIP (CITY & GUILDS LEVEL 3)

Page 144: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

QualificationsBTEC Diploma in Engineering Level 3 (Work Place)

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyDay Release

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

ENGINEERING

APPRENTICESHIP (BTEC LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is for those looking for a career in one of the industry’s engineering sectors. You will need to be employed for a minimum of 30 hours a week. You will attend College one day a week primarily to obtain theoretical skills, supplemented with some practical skills. This course can be taken with a view to progressing in employment in the electrical or mechanical industry. The course is over 34 weeks and successful candidates will have the opportunity to progress onto Higher Education.

Entry Requirements4 GCSE Grade Cs or above in Mathematics, English and a Science will be required. Other qualifications i.e. an EAL Advanced Diploma, NVQ Level 2 Performing Engineering Operations, may be considered. These will be judged on their individual merits at the time of application and interview. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to the interview.

Subjects/ModulesCore units:

• Health & Safety in the Engineering Workplace• Mathematics for Technicians• Electrical and Electronic Principles• Mechanical Principles• Communications• Engineering Project

Specialist units:

• Properties & Applications of Engineering Materials • Electro/Pneumatic and Hydraulic System & Devices• Computer Aided Drafting• Further Mathematics for Engineering Technicians • Engineering Maintenance Procedures & Techniques

AssessmentThe assessment procedure for each unit involves completing a programme of assignments or phase tests to satisfy Pass, Merit and Distinction criteria. This will include an assessment of practical skills and the ability to work safely in the workshop environment. You will be required to present your engineering project to lecturing staff and invited guests from industry. All assessment procedures are subject to scrutiny by an external moderator appointed by Edexcel. The final BTEC award for each student will be an accumulation of marks earned from each of the engineering units.

Essential InformationYou will need your own overalls and safety shoes. These can be purchased through the College when you join the course. In addition to this you will need an A4 ring binder, writing paper, pens, pencils and a Casio scientific calculator.

ProgressionThe aim of the course is to prepare you for Higher Education in College or University at HNC/HND or Foundation Degree level. A further Level 3 qualification taken alongside the Level 3 Diploma would earn additional UCAS points to prepare you to study for a degree at university. Subjects for consideration should include Mechanical or Electronic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Product Design, Motor Sport Engineering or Marine Engineering. The course is also ideal for those wishing to seek employment in the field of Engineering, with the intention of returning to College to complete a HNC/HND, or as part of the Modern Advanced Apprenticeship.You can go straight into employment as an Engineering Technician in a wide range of engineering disciplines.

Page 145: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

145

Page 146: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

FOUNDATION LEARNINGFoundation Learning is the first step towards many Vocational Qualifications or alternatively can lead to further training or employment. This suite of courses is suitable for 14-19 year old learners and provides learners with GCSEs, Diplomas and Apprenticeships. Foundation Learning provides flexible learning programmes for young people and adults from Entry Level through to Level 2.

The qualifications are credit-based and include Vocational, Personal and Social Development and Functional Skills. Students will improve their personal and study skills, gain credits for them and achieve nationally recognised qualifications. Students mainly studying at Entry Level have a choice of many courses to meet their needs. Some of this provision is offered in small groups and classroom support is available if required and also a range of workshops are on offer to develop and support study skills.

Functional SkillsIn addition to the core programme of study, all full-time students between 14 -19 years will be expected to study one or more Functional Skills. Functional Skills are practical skills in English, Maths and ICT that help to equip learners for work, education and everyday life. They are also recommended for adults who have not previously achieved a Level 2 qualification in English, Maths and ICT.

Functional Skills were introduced to address government and employers’ concerns over current standards in basic literacy and numeracy. They are not just about acquiring the basic skills of reading, writing and arithmetic, they also prepare learners to function confidently, effectively and independently in any situation, be it at work, home or out in the community. Functional Skills equip learners to solve problems and complete tasks to a high standard.

In Foundation Learning, learners have personalised programmes that include Functional Skills as a compulsory element. Personalised learning means that Functional Skills are delivered in a way that is accessible to all. Many learning activities are problem based which helps learners to practise and apply the Functional Skills needed. In this way, Functional Skills is partly integrated into the learning programme, highlighting the fact that real-life activities are dependent upon having good Functional Skills.

Page 147: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

147Course ContentThe Sensory Skills course is suitable for pre-entry level learners on the milestone continuum 1 to 4 with learning difficulties and/or disabilities and to prepare learners for life and living. Students learn the basic skills of interaction and communication such as making choices, using language, signs and symbols. Classes are kept small and taught in a mixture of traditional classroom and multi-sensory environments by trained and dedicated tutors.

Entry RequirementsThere are no formal entry requirements. All applicants are required to attend a guidance interview to ascertain the most appropriate programme to meet the individual learners needs. All applicants will be assessed to ensure we are able to provide an appropriate and effective support package for the learner’s to access the College and the Sensory Skills programme. We welcome applications from young people and adults with learning difficulties and/or disabilities that are working at Pre-Entry Level (Milestones 1 to 4).

Subjects/ModulesThe programme consists of a variety of units with a specific focus on the development of communication. Units may include:

• Communication & Literacy• Numeracy• ICT• Personal Awareness• Music• Cooking• Gardening• Environmental Studies• Art & Craft

AssessmentLearners will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the programme. Learners will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate their skills, knowledge and development in each area of the programme. Assessments may include group work, presentation, observation, projects, practical activities, educational visits and role-play.

Essential InformationThe programme is fully supported and endeavors to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner.

Progression• Year 2• Lifeskills

Career opportunities include:

• Work Experience

QualificationUnit Award Scheme

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

FOUNDATION LEARNING – SENSORY SKILLS

Page 148: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

FOUNDATION LEARNING – LIFESKILLS

Course ContentThe Lifeskills course is suitable for Pre-Entry Level learners on the milestone continuum 5 to 8 with learning difficulties and/or disabilities and to prepare for life and living. The programme provides a variety of exciting developmental learning opportunities for young people and adults across the counties of Nottinghamshire and Derbyshire. Specialist staff provide an effective learning environment where learning packages are tailored to suit individual learning needs. Students study all elements of FL at the most appropriate Level where Personal & Social Development and Functional Skills are embedded and practiced in a variety of contexts.

Entry RequirementsThere are no formal entry requirements. All applicants are required to attend a guidance interview to ascertain the most appropriate programme to meet the individual learners needs. All applicants with support needs will be assessed to ensure we are able to provide an appropriate and effective support package for the learners to access the College and the Lifeskills programme.

Subjects/ModulesThe course consists of Literacy, Maths, ICT, Personal & Social Development and Independent Living Skills. Other areas of study may include:

• Workplace Skills and Following Instructions• Health & Safety, Health & Fitness • Developing Self-Awareness• Getting On with Other People• Making a Simple Meal• Everyday Food & Drink Preparation• Exploring Art and Music• Working as a Volunteer• Looking after Yourself and Your Home• Using Public Transport & Trains

There are also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme. In addition, there is an opportunity for individual students to undertake a work experience placement.

AssessmentLearners will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the criteria. Learners will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate their skills and knowledge. All learners will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff. Academic and personal targets will be set and tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.

Essential InformationThe programme is fully supported and endeavors to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner.

Progression• Year 2• Entry Level Programmes

Career opportunities include:

• Work Experience• Supported Employment• Paid Employment

QualificationNOCN

College Certificates

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 149: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

149FOUNDATION LEARNING – ENTRY 1

Course ContentThis course is for learners with moderate learning difficulties and/or disabilities. It has been designed to aid the progression of learners from either school or pre-entry programmes and to help learners enhance and gain new skills for independent living. In addition we particularly work on developing communication, confidence and social skills, with strategies to enable further progress in education and personal development. There is a strong element of tutorial support underpinning the course.

Entry RequirementsThere are no formal entry requirements. However all applicants will be invited and required to attend a guidance interview to ascertain if this is the most appropriate programme to meet the individual learner’s needs.

Subjects/ModulesThe programme consists of the study of English, Maths and ICT, Personal and Social Development, Independent Living and Employability Skills. There is also a range of vocational elements which can include:

• Art and Design• Exercise Studies• Cookery• Enterprise

There are also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme. In addition, there is an opportunity for individual students to undertake a work experience placement.

AssessmentLearners will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the criteria. Learners will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate their skills and achievements in each area of the programme.

Individual Learning Action Plan: All learners will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff. Academic and personal targets will be set and tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.

Essential InformationThe programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavors to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner. As the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and activities which may incur a very small cost.

Progression• Year 2• Entry 2 programmes

Career opportunities include:• Work Experience• Supported Employment• Paid Employment

QualificationDiploma

College Certificate

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 150: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for learners with mild/moderate learning difficulties and/or disabilities. It has been designed to aid the progression of learners from either school or Entry 1 programmes and to help learners enhance and gain new skills for independent living and work. In addition we particularly work on developing communication, confidence and social skills, with strategies to enable further progress in education and personal development. There is a strong element of tutorial support underpinning the course.

Entry RequirementsThere are no formal entry requirements. However all applicants will be invited and required to attend a guidance interview to ascertain if this is the most appropriate programme to meet the individual learner’s needs.

Subjects/ModulesThe programme consists of the study of English, Maths and ICT, Personal and Social Development, Independent Living and Employability Skills. There is also a range of vocational elements which can include:

• Art and Design• Exercise Studies• Cookery• Enterprise

There are also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme. In addition, there is an opportunity for individual students to undertake a work experience placement.

AssessmentLearners will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the criteria. Learners will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate their skills and achievements in every area of the programme.

Individual Learning Action Plan: This is where all learners will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff. Academic and personal targets will be set and tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.

Essential InformationThe programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavors to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner.As the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and activities which may incur a very small cost.

Progression• Year 2• Entry 3 programmes

Career opportunities include:

• Work Experience• Supported Employment• Paid Employment

QualificationAwards

Certificates

Functional Skills

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

FOUNDATION LEARNING – ENTRY 2

Page 151: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

151FOUNDATION LEARNING – ENTRY 3

Course ContentThis course is for learners with mild learning difficulties and/or disabilities. It has been designed to aid the progression of learners from either school or entry 2 programmes and to help learners enhance and gain new skills for employment and independent living. In addition we work particularly on developing communication, confidence and social skills, with strategies to enable further progress in education and personal development. There is a strong element of tutorial support underpinning the course.

Entry RequirementsThere are no formal entry requirements. However all applicants will be invited and required to attend a guidance interview to ascertain if this is the most appropriate programme to meet the individual learner’s needs.

Subjects/ModulesThe programme consists of the study of English, Maths and ICT, Personal and Social Development, Employability and Independent Living Skills. There is also a range of vocational elements which can include:

• Art and Design• Exercise Studies• Cookery• Enterprise

There are also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme. In addition, there is an opportunity for individual students to undertake work experience placement.

AssessmentLearners will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the criteria. Learners will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate their skills and achievements in every area of the programme. Assessment is also carried out through Functional Skills and an externally set assessment.

Individual Learning Action Plan:This is where all learners will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff and assessment results. Academic and personal targets will be set and tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.

Essential InformationThe programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavors to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner. As the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and activities that may incur a very small cost.

Progression• Year 2• Level 1 programmes

Career opportunities include:

• Work Experience• Supported Employment• Paid Employment

QualificationAwards

Certificates

Functional Skills

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 152: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is for students with Higher Functioning Autism/Aspergers Syndrome who are ready to move onto a Level 1 course. It has been designed to aid the transition between school and College and to help students adjust to the changes involved. We particularly work on developing communication and social skills, with strategies to enable progress in education and personal development. There is a strong element of tutorial support underpinning the course.

Entry RequirementsThere are no formal entry requirements. All applicants are required to attend a guidance interview to ascertain the most appropriate programme to meet the individual learner’s needs. All applicants will take an initial assessment for English and Maths. Students need to provide evidence that they are capable of working predominantly at Level 1. Other examples of evidence could include GCSEs at grades E and a school reference.

Subjects/ModulesThe programme consists of the study of English, Maths and ICT, Personal and Social Development, Independent Living and Employability Skills. There is also a range of vocational elements which could include:

• Art and Design• Exercise Studies• Cookery• Enterprise

There are also comprehensive enrichment elements built into the programme. In addition, there is an opportunity for individual students to undertake a work experience placement.

AssessmentLearners will carry out work to achieve competence in each component of the criteria. Learners will be supported to produce a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate their skills and knowledge in each area of the programme. Assessments may include group work, presentation, observation, projects, practical activities, educational visits, surveys, questionnaires, written work and role-play. Functional Skills have externally set assessments.

Individual Learning Action Plan:All learners will identify areas for development and set appropriate targets with the support of staff. Academic and personal targets will be set and tracked and mapped on the Individual Learning Action Plan where learners and staff will feedback on progress.

Essential InformationThe programme is fully supported and run in small groups. It endeavors to provide a positive and rewarding experience for each learner. As the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and activities that may incur a very small cost.

Progression• Year 2• Specialist Level 1 vocational programmes• Level 2

Career opportunities include:

• Work Experience• Supported Employment• Paid Employment

QualificationBTEC Diploma

Functional Skills

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

FOUNDATION LEARNING – LEVEL 1 ASD

Page 153: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

153

Page 154: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThe course is aimed at engaging young people (16-18) in Further Education who do not feel able to commit to a Full-Time College course.

The course is part-time and lasts for up to 12 weeks. The course consists of 12 hours per week that are delivered over two days.

The course is personalised to individual students to help them to engage.

Students who require a personalised entry into further education are able to start the weekly course on less than 12 hours per week and gradually increase their hours by setting targets with their tutor.

Entry RequirementsAll that is required is a willingness to learn and that students have a desire to improve their education and career prospects. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/Modules• Personal and Social Development• Team Work Tasks• Employability Topics • Tasters in Maths, English and ICT

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of work and their development will be constantly assessed and reviewed in weekly 1-1 meetings with their personal tutor.

Essential InformationDuring the course the students will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for the trips can be paid for during the course.

ProgressionSpecialised trade courses at:

• FL1 (Entry 3) • FL2 (Level 1)

Career opportunities include:

• All career trade areas

QualificationNon Qualification Based

Duration12 weeks

Mode of StudyPart-time

Location Eastwood Safe Centre

People First Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

WEEKLY COURSE

Page 155: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

155PROGRESS COURSECourse ContentThis course is aimed at young people (16-18) who are able to attend a full-time College course but are unsure of their career path. This course is suitable for anyone who needs time to develop their personal/social development, confidence, self-esteem and Functional Skills. This course can help by allowing students to try different trades.

The Progress Course is a 1 year course which is delivered over 3 days.

Entry RequirementsAll that is required is a willingness to learn and a desire to improve educational and career prospects. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/Modules• Tasters in different Vocational Trades• Personal and Social Development• Team Work Tasks• Employability Topics • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

AssessmentStudents will build portfolios and sit external Functional Skills exams.

Essential InformationDuring the course the students will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for the trips can be paid for during the course.

ProgressionSpecialised trade courses with Foundation Learning:

• FL1 (Entry 3) • FL2 (Level 1)

Career opportunities include:

• All career trade areas

QualificationNCFE E3 Certificate in Occupational Studies

NCFE E3 Award Exploring Employability

NCFE E3 Award Getting on at Work Award

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Eastwood Safe Centre

People First Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 156: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ART – FL1 (ENTRY 3)

Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of Art. The course is suitable for anyone who is interested in a future career within Art and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of similar alternative education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in Art whilst providing significant time towards developing students’ personal and social skills. Some of the topics covered include:

• 2D and 3D Dimensions• Styles within Art• Presentation Skills• Work Experience• Career Preparation• Team Activities and Personal Goals • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in a work placement and will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for residentials and trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto a Foundation Learning Level 1 course in their specialised industry or progressinto employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Fashion Designer• Illustrator • Animator• Community Artist • Photographer

QualificationEdexcel BTEC Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Vocational Studies - Specialising in Art

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) specialising in Art

Edexel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal & Social Development

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationCity Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 157: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

157CONSTRUCTION – FL1 (ENTRY 3)

Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Construction industry. The course is suitable for anybody who is interested in a future career within Construction and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of similar alternative education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in Construction whilst providing significant time towards developing students’ personal and social skills. Some of the topics covered include:

• Introduction to Brickwork• Introduction to Carpentry and Joinery• Work Placement• Career Preparation• Team Activities and Personal Goals • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in a work placement and will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for a residential or trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress ontoa Foundation Learning Level 1 course intheir specialised industry or progressinto employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Labourer• Bricklayer• Carpenter

QualificationNCFE Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Occupational Studies - Specialising in Construction

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) specialising in Construction

Edexcel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal & Social Development

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationStapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 158: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

CONSTRUCTION – FL2 (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course involves in depth learning in different aspects of the Construction industry. The course is suitable for anybody who wishes to specialise in Construction for a future career in that industry.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs, including English Language at grades D/E or equivalent qualifications. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes up to 15 units, some of the topics involve:

• Developing Construction Painting Skills• Developing Joinery Skills• Developing Bricklaying Skills• Decorating Household Goods • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT • Personal and Social Development qualification in Workskills

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and a residential. Costs for the residential and the trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto Level 2 courses in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Painter & Decorator• Plumber • Bricklayer• Joiner

QualificationC&G L1 Certificate in Basic Construction Skills

Edexcel Certificate in Workskills

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationStapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 159: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

159

Page 160: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

MEDIA – FL1 (ENTRY 3)

Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Media industry. The course is suitable for anybody who is interested in a future career within Media and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of similar alternative education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in Media whilst providing significant time towards developing students’ personal and social skills. Some of the topics covered include:

• Multimedia Software• Digital Lifestyle• Career Preparation• Work Experience• Team Activities and Personal Goals • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in a work placement and will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for a residential or trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto a Foundation Learning Level 1 course in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Journalism • Research• Advertising• Web Design • Games Design

QualificationEdexcel BTEC Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Vocational Studies - Specialising in Media

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) Specialising in Media

Edexcel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal and Social Development

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationPeople First Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 161: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

161CREATIVE MEDIA PRODUCTION – FL2 (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course involves in depth learning in different aspects of the Media industry. The course is suitable for anybody who wishes to specialise in Media for a future career in that industry.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs, including English Language at grades D/E or equivalent qualifications. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes up to 15 units, some of these topics include:

• Developing Video Products• Developing Animation• Developing Audio Production• Developing Creative Media Skills • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT. • Personal and Social Development qualification in Workskills.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and a residential. Costs for the residential and the trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto Level 2 courses in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Photography• Animator• Web Designer • Film Maker

QualificationBTEC Level1 Diploma in Creative Media

Edexcel Certificate in Workskills

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationCity Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 162: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HAIR & BEAUTY – FL1 (ENTRY 3)

Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Hair and Beauty industry. The course is suitable for anybody who is interested in a future career within Hair and Beauty and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of a similar alternative education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in Hair and Beauty whilst providing significant time towards developing students’ personal and social skills. Some of the topics covered include:

• Introduction to the Hair Sector• Introduction to the Beauty Sector• Customer Service• Health and Safety• Career Preparation• Work Experience• Team Activities and Personal Goals • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in work placement and will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for the residential and the trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto a Foundation Learning Level 1 course in their specialised industry or progressinto employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Beauty Therapist• Hairdresser • Salon Receptionist

QualificationCity and Guilds Entry Level Certificate (E3) Hair and Beauty Sector

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) Specialising in Hair & Beauty

Edexcel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal and Social Development

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 163: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

163HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE/CHILDCARE – FL1 ENTRY 3)

Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Care industry. The course is suitable for anybody who is interested in a future career within Care and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of a similar alternative education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in Care whilst providing significant time towards developing personal and social skills. Some of the topics covered include:

• Care Needs• Healthy Living• Work Experience• Career Preparation• Working in a Team and Individual Goals • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in a work placement and will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for a residential or trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto a Foundation Learning Level 1 course in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Childcare • Social Care • Healthcare

QualificationEdexcel BTEC Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Vocational Studies Specialising in Care

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) Specialising in Care

Edexcel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal and Social Development

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationBeeston Centre

People First Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 164: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE/CHILDCARE – FL2 (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course involves in depth learning in different aspects of the Health and Social Care industry. The course is suitable for anybody who wishes to specialise in Health and Social Care for a future career in that industry.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs, including English Language at grades D/E or equivalent qualifications. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes up to 15 units, some of the areas covered include:

• Communication Skills with Children• Encouraging Children to Eat Healthily• The Role of the Carer At Meal Times• Health Needs • Personal and Social Development Qualification in Parenting Skills • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and a residential. Costs for the residential and the trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto Level 2 courses in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Care Professions• Childcare• Social Care• Healthcare

.

QualificationBTEC Level1 Diploma in Health and Social Care/Childcare

Edexcel Certificate in Parenting

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 165: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

165INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY FL1 (ENTRY 3)

Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Information Technology (I.T.) industry. The course is suitable for anybody who is interested in a future career within I.T. and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of similar alternative education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in Information Technology whilst providing significant time towards developing students’ personal and social skills. Some of the topics covered include:

• IT User Fundamentals• IT Communications• Career Preparation• Work Experience• Team Activities and Personal Goals • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in a work placement and will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for a residential or trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto a Foundation Learning Level 1 course in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Computer Operator • Data Entry

QualificationEdexcel BTEC Entry Level Award (E3) in Vocational Studies - Specialising in Information Technology

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) Specialising in Information Technology

Edexcel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal and Social Development

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationPeople First Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 166: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of the motor vehicle industry. The course is suitable for anyone who is interested in a career within motor vehicle and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of a similar education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in Motor Vehicle whilst providing significant time towards developing students’ personal and social skills. Some of the topics include:

• Introduction to Motor Vehicle• Maintenance Routines• Wheels and Tyres• Work Placement• Career Preparation• Team Activities and Personal Goals

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in work placements and will be taken out of College on visits. Cost for residentials and trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto a Foundation Learning L1 course in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Vehicle Technician• Stores Technician• Fast Fit Operative• Valeting Operative

QualificationIMI Certificate (E3) in Motor Vehicle

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) Specialising in Motor Vehicle

Edexcel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal & Social Development

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

People First Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

MOTOR VEHICLE – FL1 (ENTRY 3)

Page 167: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

167

Page 168: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course involves in depth learning in different aspects of the Motor Vehicle Industry. The course is suitable for anybody who wishes to specialise in Motor Vehicle for a future career.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs including English Language at grades D/E or equivalent qualifications. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes up to 15 units, below is a taste of a few:

• Health & Safety• SI Engine Systems, Components & Operation• Engine Liquid Cooling & Lubrication Systems• Vehicle Braking Systems• Wheels & Tyres• Electrical Foundation Skills• Sustainable Development

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and a residential. Costs for the residential and the trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto Level 2 courses in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Vehicle Technician• Stores Technician• Fast-Fit Operative• Valeting Operative• Service Adviser• Warranty Claims Officer• Roadside Assistance

QualificationBTEC Level 1 Diploma in Motor Vehicle

Edexcel Certificate in Workskills

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location London Road Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

MOTOR VEHICLE – FL2 (LEVEL 1)

Page 169: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

169Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Sport and Leisure industry. The course is suitable for anybody who is interested in a future career within Sport and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of similar alternative education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in sport whilst providing significant time towards developing students’ personal and social skills. Some of the topics covered include:

• Active Lifestyles• Improving Own Fitness• Work Placement• Career Preparation• Team Activities and Personal Goals • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in work placement and will be taken out of the College on visits. Costs for the residential and trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto a Foundation Learning Level 1 course in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Coaching• Fitness Instructing • Sports Development

QualificationEdexcel BTEC Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Vocational Studies - Specialising in sport

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) specialising in Sport

Edexcel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal and Social Development

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationBeeston Centre

People First Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

SPORT – FL1 (ENTRY 3)

Page 170: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SPORT & ACTIVE LEISURE – FL2 (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course involves in depth learning in different aspects of the Sports industry. The course is suitable for anybody who wishes to specialise in Sport for a future career in that industry.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs, including English Language at grades D/E or equivalent qualifications. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes up to 15 units, below is a selection of those units:

• How the Body Works• Taking Part in Sport• Sports Leadership• Job Opportunities• Improving Own Fitness • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT. Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these. • Personal and Social Development qualification in Workskills

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and a residential. Costs for the residential and the trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto Level 2 courses in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Coaching• Fitness Instructing• Sports Development

QualificationBTEC Level1 Diploma in Sport & Active Leisure

Edexcel Certificate in Workskills

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 171: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

171Course ContentThis course involves an introduction to different aspects of the Travel and Tourism industry. The course is suitable for anybody who is interested in a future career within Travel and Tourism and wishes to develop their personal and social skills.

Entry RequirementsGCSEs E to G or evidence of similar alternative education. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes qualifications that focus on a career in Travel and Tourism whilst providing significant time towards developing students’ personal and social skills. Some of the topics covered include:

• Displaying Travel and Tourism Information• Planning a Visit• Customer Service• Health and Safety• Career Preparation• Work Experience• Team Activities and Personal Goals • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will participate in a work placement and will be taken out of College on visits. Costs for the residential and the trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto a Foundation Learning Level 1 course in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Travel Agents• Air Cabin Crew• Tour Operators• Resort Representative

QualificationEdexcel BTEC Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Vocational Studies - Specialising in Travel & Tourism

NOCN Entry Level Certificate in Progression (E3) Specialising in Travel & Tourism

Edexcel Entry Level Certificate (E3) in Personal and Social Development

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

LocationPeople First Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

TRAVEL & TOURISM – FL1 (ENTRY 3)

Page 172: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

TRAVEL & TOURISM – FL2 (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis course involves in depth learning in different aspects of the travel industry. The course is suitable for anybody who wishes to specialise in Travel and Tourism for a future career in that industry.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs, including English Language at grades D/E or equivalent qualifications. All applicants are guaranteed an interview.

Subjects/ModulesThe course includes up to 15 units some of the topics include:

• Displaying Travel & Tourism Products and Services• Recommending a Package Holiday• UK Travel Destinations Unit• Customer Service in Travel and Tourism • Personal and Social Development qualification in Workskills • Functional Skills in Maths, English and ICT.

Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and additional hours will be allocated to the course to allow for these.

AssessmentStudents will build a portfolio of evidence through completion of assignments.

Essential InformationAs the year progresses students will be taken out of College on visits and a residential. Costs for the residential and the trips can be paid for during the course of the year.

ProgressionStudents are expected to progress onto Level 2 courses in their specialised industry or progress into employment.

Career opportunities include:

• Travel Agents• Air Cabin Crew• Tour Operators• Resort Representative

QualificationBTEC Level1 Diploma in Travel & Tourism

Edexcel Certificate in Workskills

Functional Skills Maths, English and IT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 173: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

173GCSE (RE-SIT)

Course Content This is a re-sit course with the aim of building onGCSE results already achieved and to worktowards full Level 2 status (5 grade Cs or above).

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at Grade D or above preferably to include English and Maths, or a BTEC First Certificate Level 2 plus GCSE English and Maths. Other qualifications will be assessed for comparability. All applicants will need to have a good reference.

Subjects/ModulesGCSEs are offered in a range of subjects such as:

• Maths• English • Physics• Chemistry• Biology

AssessmentAssessment is dependent on the GCSE studied and will either be all exams or a mixture of exams and coursework. This will be discussed with you at interview.

Essential InformationStudents will be expected to purchase revision guides and textbooks costing approximately £20 and any other item that is appropriate to the subject studied.

ProgressionLevel 3 BTEC Vocational studies and AS/A levels.

Career opportunities include:

GCSEs are an essential requirement for the next step in education or employment and students with GCSEs are looked on favourably by future employers.

QualificationGCSE in: Maths, English, Biology, Chemistry, Physics

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 174: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HAIRDRESSING & BEAUTY THERAPYThe College’s Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy provision takes place in our modern commercial salons based at West Bridgford and Beeston.

Salon Central offers an extensive range of professional Hairdressing, Beauty Therapy, Barbering and Make-up Artistry services.

We use a professional range of hairdressing and skincare products to meet industry and client needs. The salons have been designed with thought and sensitivity for the needs of everyone and are accessible for clients with disabilities.

Friendly, helpful and highly skilled qualified staff supervise students and provide first-class training and advice. The Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy team ensure that students benefit from their expertise gained over many years of working in the industry.

Page 175: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

175INTRODUCTION TO HAIR & BEAUTY (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThe Level 1 Diploma in Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy provides suitable progression opportunities to Level 2 studies. This course introduces you to a career in Beauty Therapy and Hairdressing. You will study basic hairdressing and beauty therapy techniques enabling you to gain experience in both subjects giving you a more informed choice before deciding which Level 2 programme to progress on to.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades D to F including English.A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/ModulesMandatory units:• Introduction to the Hair and Beauty sector • Presenting a Professional Image in a Salon

Optional Units:

Will include both Hair and Beauty elements.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £174.70 (final 2013/14 costs are to be confirmed).

Progression• NVQ/VRQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy• NVQ/VRQ Level 2 in Hairdressing• NVQ Nails• VRQ Media Make Up

Career Opportunities Include:This course is a progression pathway for Level 2 courses in Hairdressing or Beauty Therapy or an apprenticeship within the industry.

QualificationIntroduction to Hair & Beauty Industry Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 176: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HAIR & MEDIA MAKE-UP (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThe qualification will enable learners to gain the skills and understanding required in order to perform a range of professional beauty make-up treatments for clients via employment or self-employment in the Beauty Therapy industry. They will also gain basic skills in hairdressing to enhance the make-up image.

Entry RequirementsLevel 1 Beauty or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy qualification or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a literacy and numeracy assessment if they cannot produce evidence of entry requirements.

Subjects/Modules• Tanning• Applying Make-up• Photographic Make-up• Applying Basic Colour• Shampoo and Condition.

Plus optional units in related fields.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs approximately £218.23 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed).

Progression• Level 3 Make-up

Career opportunities include:

• Working within the Beauty industry• Wedding Organisations

QualificationNVQ in Hair and Media Make-up Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 177: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

177

Page 178: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HAIRDRESSING (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThe Level 2 NVQ/VRQ in Hairdressing enables you to gain a job-ready qualification based on National Occupational Standards for Hairdressing at Level 2. This qualification will equip learners with the required attributes, skills, knowledge and understanding needed to perform professional hairdressing services for clients via employment or self-employment in the hairdressing industry.

Entry RequirementsLevel 1 Hairdressing or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy qualification or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a numeracy and literacy assessment if they cannot produce evidence of entry requirements. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Ensure Responsibility for Actions to Reduce Risks to Health & Safety • Give Customers a Positive Impression of Yourself and Your Organisation • Advise and Consult with Clients • Shampoo, Condition and Treat the Hair & Scalp • Change Hair Colour • Style and Finish Hair • Set and Dress Hair • Cut Hair using Basic Techniques

Optional Units:

In addition students will study Functional Skillsin English, Maths or IT.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £218.75 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed)

Progression• NVQ Level 3 Diploma in Hairdressing • Level 2 Diploma in Barbering• Part-time Hairdressing related courses

Career opportunities include:

• Hairdresser in a High Street Salon, Health Spa or Hotel Spa• Setting up Your Own Business

QualificationNVQ/VRQ Diploma in Hairdressing Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 179: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

179BARBERING (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course offers comprehensive training in all aspects of men’s hairdressing. It builds on the knowledge and competency to increase the skills of the learner.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Ensure Responsibility for Actions to Reduce Risks to Health & Safety• Give Customers a Positive Impression of Yourself and Your Organisation• Advise and Consult with Clients• Shampoo, Condition and Treat the Hair & Scalp• Fulfil Salon Reception Duties• Promote Services or Products to Customers• Develop and Maintain Effectiveness at Work• Perm and Neutralise hair• Cut Hair using Basic Barbering Techniques• Cut Facial Hair to Shape using Basic Techniques• Dry and Finish Men’s Hair

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform.The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £190.34 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed).

Progression• NVQ Level 2 Diploma in Hairdressing• Level 3 Barbering • Part-time Hairdressing related courses

Career opportunities include:

• Barber in a High Street Salon or Hotel Spa • Setting up Your Own Business

QualificationNVQ/VRQ in Barbering Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Part-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 180: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HAIRDRESSING (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThe Level 3 NVQ/VRQ in Hairdressing enables you to gain a job-ready qualification. This qualification will equip learners with the required attributes, skills, knowledge and understanding needed to perform professional services for clients via employment or self-employment in the hairdressing industry.

Entry RequirementsApplicants will need NVQ/VRQ Level 2 Hairdressing or equivalent qualifications. All applicants need 5 GCSEs A* to C including English Language. Applicants will also need to provide a handwritten personal statement.There may be applicants who will need to complete a literacy and numeracy assessment before being offered a place. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Promote Additional Services or Products to Customers• Monitor Procedures to Safely Control Work Operations • Provide Hairdressing Consultation Services• Creatively Cut Hair using a Combination of Techniques

Plus optional units relating to the Hairdressing industry.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £97.94 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed).

Progression• Level 3 Diploma in Barbering• Higher Education • Part-time Hairdressing related courses

Career opportunities include:

• Hairdresser in a High Street Salon, Health Spa or Hotel Spa• Luxury Cruise Liner jobs • Setting up Your Own Business

QualificationNVQ/VRQ Diploma in Hairdressing Level 3

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 181: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

181HAIRDRESSING

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentYou will need to be employed for a minimum of 16 hours a week in a hair salon. Students will come into College one day a week to complete the NVQ Level 2 in Hairdressing and Functional Skills at the appropriate level.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D (one of which must be in English Language or equivalent qualifications. Level 1 in Hairdressing or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy is desirable but not essential. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Ensure Responsibility for Actions to Reduce Risks to Health & Safety• Give Customers a Positive Impression• Advise and Consult with Clients • Shampoo, Condition and Treat the Hair & Scalp • Change Hair Colour • Style and Finish Hair • Set and Dress Hair • Cut Hair using Basic Techniques

Plus optional units related to the course.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £218.75 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed).

Progression• NVQ Level 3 Hairdressing • Apprenticeship in Hairdressing Level 3

Career opportunities include:

• High Street Salon• Health Spa• Luxury Cruise Liner• Hotel/Salons Abroad• Setting up Your Own Business

QualificationNVQ Apprenticeship in Hairdressing Level 2

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyPart-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 182: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

HAIRDRESSING

APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentYou will be employed for a minimum of 16 hours a week, but up to 4 full days per week. You will come into College one day a week for the NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing. The NVQ Level 3 in Hairdressing enables you to gain a job-ready qualification based on National Occupational Standards for Hairdressing.

Entry RequirementsNVQ Level 2 in Hairdressing and Functional Skills in English and Maths at the appropriate level. You will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Promote Services or Products to Customers• Monitor Procedures to Safely Control Work Operations • Provide Hairdressing Consultation Services • Creatively Cut Hair using a Combination of Techniques

Plus optional units related to the course.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £97.94 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed).

Progression• Higher Education • Part-time Hairdressing related courses

Career opportunities include:

• Stylist• Session Work• Cruise Liners• Salon Management• Trainer

QualificationNVQ Apprenticeship in Hairdressing Level 3

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyPart-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 183: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

183

Page 184: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

NAIL ENHANCEMENTS (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThe Level 2 NVQ in Nail Enhancements enables you to gain a job-ready qualification, via employment or self-employment in the Beauty Therapy industry.

Entry RequirementsLevel 1 Beauty or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy qualification or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a literacy and numeracy assessment if they cannot produce evidence of entry requirements.

Subjects/Modules• Health and Safety• Consultation Training• Manicure• Pedicure• Applying Nails• Maintaining Nails

Plus optional units related to the nail industry.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs approximately £250 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed).

Progression• NVQ Level 3 in Nail Enhancements

Career opportunities include:

• High Street Nail Bars or Boutiques• Setting up Your Own Business

QualificationNVQ in Nail EnhancementsLevel 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 185: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

185BEAUTY THERAPY (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThe Level 2 NVQ/VRQ in Beauty Therapy enables you to gain a job-ready qualification based on National Occupational Standards for Beauty Therapy.

Entry RequirementsLevel 1 Beauty or Level 1 Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy qualification or 4 GCSEs at grades A* to D including English Language or equivalent qualifications. A satisfactory reference will be required. Some mature applicants may have to undertake a literacy and numeracy assessment if they cannot produce evidence of entry requirements.

Subjects/Modules• Health and Safety• Provide Facial Skin Care Treatment• Provide Pedicure Services• Eyebrows and Eyelashes• Carry out Waxing Services• Develop and Maintain Effectiveness at Work• Promote Services or Products to Customers• Provide Manicure Services

Plus optional units relating to the beauty industry.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £143.86 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed).

Progression• NVQ/VQR Level 3 Diploma in Beauty Therapy (General & Massage routes available)• Level 3 Make-up Artistry Diploma• Level 3 in Nail Technology Diploma • Part-time Beauty Therapy related courses

Career opportunities include:

• Beauty Therapist in a High Street Salon, Health Spa or Hotel Spa• Setting up Your Own Business

QualificationNVQ/VRQ in Beauty TherapyLevel 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 186: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

MAKE-UP ARTISTRY (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course will complement the knowledge, understanding and skill, gained at Level 2 and is focused on producing highly proficient, professional Make-up Artists. Learners will be able to perform professional beauty make-up treatments for clients via employment or self-employment in the Beauty Therapy industry and theatre.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grade A* to C to include English Language or equivalent, or a Level 2 in Beauty Therapy or a Level 2 Make Up qualification. Mature applicants may have to undertake a literacy and numeracy assessment if they cannot produce evidence of entry requirements. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Applying Make-up• Camouflage Make-up• Design and apply face and body art• Fashion and Photographic Make-Up• Instruction on Make-up application• Media Make-Up• Health and Safety Practice in the Salon• Promote Products and Services to Clients• Client Care and Communication in Beauty-Related Industries

Plus optional units in related fields.

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs are approximately £595.88 (full costs for 2013/14 are yet to be confirmed).

Progression• Higher Level qualifications• Other Beauty, Hairdressing and Make-up Artist courses

Career opportunities include:

• Make-up Artist in the Theatre• Television & Film Industry• Catwalks and the Fashion Industry• Department Stores• Bridal Shops• High Street Salons• Personal Stylist • Promotions and Events• Setting up Your Own Business

QualificationThe Make up Artistry DiplomaLevel 3

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 187: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

187BEAUTY THERAPY MASSAGE & GENERAL (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThe NVQ/VRQ Level 3 in Beauty Therapy with routes in General or Massage enables you to gain a job-ready qualification based on National Occupational Standards for Beauty Therapy. The qualification will complement the knowledge and skills already gained at Level 2 and is focused on producing highly proficient, occupationally competent Beauty Therapists. This qualification will equip learners with the required attributes, skills, knowledge and understanding needed to perform professional treatments for clients via employment or self-employment in the Beauty Therapy industry.

Entry RequirementsFor the General route students must have a NVQ/VRQ Level 2 in Beauty Therapy. GCSE English Language at grade C or above is also desirable but not essential.

For the Massage route students do not require a previous Level 2 qualification in Beauty Therapy, however they must still have 4 GCSEs at grade A* to C to include English Language. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/ModulesUnits depend on chosen route but may include:

• Monitor Procedures to Safely Control Work Operations• Body Massage Treatments• Indian Head Massage• Carry Out Massage using Pre-blended Aromatherapy Oils• Stone Therapy Treatments• Body Electrical• Facial Electrical• Epilation• Tanning

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical assessments and production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationStudents will be required to purchase a kit and uniform. The uniform must be worn at all times. Kit costs for the Massage Route are approximately £97.80 (final 2013/14 costs are yet to be confirmed). For the General Route kits costs have yet to be confirmed.

Progression• Higher Education• Part-time Beauty Therapy related courses

Career opportunities include:

• High Street Salon• Health Spas• Luxury Cruise Liner• Hotel/Salons Abroad• Setting up Your Own Business

QualificationNVQ/VRQ in Beauty Therapy (Massage Route or General Route) Level 3

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre (Massage Route)

West Bridgford Centre (Massage & General Route)

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 188: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

LIFELONG LEARNING – ESOLThe School of Lifelong Learning offers comprehensive full and part-time English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) provision for students of all ages across the City. These courses are delivered at the three main centres in Beeston, City Centre, West Bridgford and at centres in the community.The area is vibrant and reflects the different cultures of students with trips and cultural celebrations embedded within courses.

Students benefit from extensive support during pre-admission via our main referral partner, Begin, and from College staff, both during the initial advice and guidance phase and throughout the course, during the year. Additionally, class sizes are monitored carefully to ensure that students are given as much help as possible and any additional learning needs are identified during induction with appropriate support provided by Student Services staff.

There is significant input into courses from key external agencies to help students make appropriate career choices and deal with a range of potentially difficult social issues. This is very important for some of our younger students who benefit from tutorial support and enrichment activities.

The ESOL team is particularly experienced and well qualified and this means that students benefit from the strong commitment to improving the quality of the learning experiences on offer.

Page 189: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

189ESOL SKILLS FOR LIFE (ENTRY LEVEL)

Course ContentThis course is ideal for anyone who wants to improve their understanding of English. It is designed to give students confidence to communicate in English both in the classroom and in their everyday environment.

Entry RequirementsCandidates need to complete an initial assessment.

Subjects/Modules• Speaking & Listening• Reading• Writing• Grammar

AssessmentAssessments are taken at the end of each term.

ProgressionStudents will receive substantial guidance throughout the year to help them progress onto other vocational courses. This course will help build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. Students will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve employability.

QualificationCertificate in ESOL Skills for Life

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Norwich Union House

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 190: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ESOL SKILLS FOR LIFE WITH MATHS AND ICT (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis Level 1 course is aimed at students whose first language is not English. It includes English, Maths and ICT and successful candidates will have the skills to continue in education or move into the employment market.

Entry RequirementsCandidates need to complete an initial assessment or have an Entry 3 qualification in English.

Subjects/Modules• Speaking & Listening• Reading• Writing• Grammar• Mathematics• ICT

AssessmentAssessments are taken at the end of each term.

ProgressionStudents will receive substantial on course guidance throughout the year to help them progress onto other vocational courses. This course will help build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. Students will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve employability.

QualificationCertificate in ESOL Skills for Life, Functional Skills in Mathematics & Functional Skills in ICT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Norwich Union House

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 191: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

191

Page 192: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ESOL SKILLS FOR LIFE WITH MATHS AND ICT (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis Level 2 course is aimed at students whose first language is not English. It includes English, Maths and ICT and successful candidates will have the skills to continue in education or move into the employment market.

Entry RequirementsCandidates need to complete an initial assessment or have a Level 1 qualification in English.

Subjects/Modules• Speaking & Listening• Reading• Writing• Grammar• Mathematics• ICT

AssessmentAssessments are taken at the end of each term.

ProgressionStudents will receive substantial on course guidance throughout the year to help them progress onto other vocational courses. This course will help build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. Students will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve employability.

QualificationCertificate in ESOL Skills for Life, Functional Skills in Mathematics & Functional Skills in ICT

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Norwich Union House

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 193: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

193ESOL SKILLS FOR LIFE (HIGHER INTERMEDIATE LEVEL)

Course ContentThis course is designed to prepare students for entry onto mainstream Level 2 courses across the College.

Entry RequirementsCandidates need to complete an initial assessment or have a Level 1 qualification in English.

Subjects/Modules• Speaking & Listening• Reading• Writing• Grammar

AssessmentAssessments are taken at the end of each term.

ProgressionStudents will receive substantial guidance throughout the year to help them progress onto other vocational courses. This course will help build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. Students will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve employability.

QualificationCertificate in ESOL Skillsfor Life

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Norwich Union House

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 194: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ESOL SKILLS FOR LIFE 16–18 PROGRAMME

Course ContentThis is a multi-levelled course (Entry 1 to Level 2) aimed at students whose first language is not English. It includes English, ICT, Mathematics and Employability and Personal Development skills.

Entry RequirementsCandidates need to complete an initial assessment. They will then be placed in the appropriate class.

Subjects/Modules• Certificate in ESOL Skills for Life• Functional Skills in Mathematics• Functional Skills in ICT• Award in Employability and Personal Development

AssessmentStudents need to produce a personal portfolio of evidence and assessments are taken at the end of each term.

ProgressionStudents will receive substantial on course guidance throughout the year to help them progress onto other vocational courses. This course will help build up confidence to choose an employment pathway or prepare for further study. Students will leave the course with the skills and confidence to improve employability.

QualificationCertificate in ESOL Skills for Life, Functional Skills in Mathematics, Functional Skills in ICT Award in Employability & Personal Development

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Norwich Union House

City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 195: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

195

Page 196: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SCIENCE & ACADEMIC PROGRESSIONThese courses are ideal for anyone seeking a career in science and technology and for those who are looking for a change in career.

They are broad-based and provide career opportunities in hospitals, pharmaceutical, environmental, forensic science, electronics, computing and biochemistry industries. The College is a regional specialist in health sciences.

Page 197: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

197APPLIED SCIENCE (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis is a practical, work-related course where learners study in a realistic laboratory environment. The course prepares students for progression for further Science based qualifications. It also provides a sound foundation pathway for those wanting to enter the Health and Science professions. Learners will be expected to complete Functional Skills in English and Maths and an additional City and Guilds Qualification in Personal and Social Development which will build on and develop their employability skills.

Entry Requirements3 GCSEs at grade E to G to include Maths and Science. English Language is desirable but not essential; however those students without evidence of this qualification will need to demonstrate that they are working towards Level 1 in English. A good reference will be required. All applicants will complete an initial assessment in literacy and numeracy prior to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Biology• Chemistry• Physics• Nutrition• Research

AssessmentAssessment is assignment based throughout the course. There will also be written tests and a submission of a portfolio of work. Students’ academic progress will be monitored throughout the course and reviewed during academic tutorials.

Essential InformationYou will be expected to wear low heeled, closed toe shoes, laboratory coats and eye goggles whilst working in the laboratories. If a student wishes to purchase their own laboratory coat and goggles, information can be obtained from the Science Technicians on request.

ProgressionLevel 2 Diploma in Applied Science, 3 pathways:

• Medical Science• Forensic Science• Applied Science

Career opportunities include:

• Health and Medical Professions• Forensic Laboratories• Government Laboratories• Environmental Agencies

QualificationBTEC Level 1 in Applied Science

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 198: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is ideally suited for mature learners with or without traditional qualifications wishing to eventually progress on to the Level 3 Access to Nursing or Access to Science courses. The course is practical and work related and learners study in a realistic laboratory environment. The course also prepares students for progression onto further Level 3 BTEC Science related qualifications.It additionally provides a sound foundation pathway for those wanting to enter Health and Science related professions. Students will be expected to study GCSE English.

Entry RequirementsAt least 4 GCSEs at grade D or above, including Science or Applied Science or BTEC Level 1, preferably Science based, including English Language or Functional Skills in English. All applicants will complete an initial assessment in literacy and numeracy prior to interview. A good reference will also be required. For mature students without traditional academic qualifications, places will be considered on a case by case basis. Initial assessments will be required prior to a potential interview.

Subjects/Modules• Biology and Our Environment• Health Applications of Life Sciences• Practical Scientific Project• The Living Body• Science in Medicine• Chemistry and Our Earth• Investigating Human Behaviour

AssessmentAssessment is assignment-based throughout the course. There will also be written tests and a submission of a portfolio of work. Students’ academic progress will be monitored throughout the course and reviewed during tutorials.

Essential InformationYou will be expected to wear low heeled, closed toe shoes, laboratory coats and eye goggles whilst working in the laboratories. If a student wishes to purchase their own laboratory coat and goggles, information can be obtained from the Science Technicians on request.

Progression• Level 3 Access to Nursing & Midwifery • Level 3 Access to Science • Level 3 BTEC Science related courses

Career opportunities include:• Health & Medical related professions• Government Laboratories• Environmental Agencies

QualificationBTEC Level 2 in Applied Science (Pre-Access to Nursing)

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

APPLIED SCIENCE PRE-ACCESS TO NURSING (LEVEL 2)

Page 199: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

199APPLIED SCIENCE MEDICAL & FORENSIC (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis is a practical, work-related course where learners study in a realistic laboratory environment. The course prepares students for progression for further Science based qualifications. It also provides a sound foundation pathway for those wanting to enter Health and Science professions. Students will be expected to study either Functional Skills in English and Maths or GCSE Maths or English for those who have gained a grade D previously.

Entry RequirementsAt least 4 GCSEs at grade D or above, including Science or BTEC Level 1 Applied Science including Functional Skills at Level 1 in English and Maths. A good reference will be required. All applicants will complete an initial assessment in literacy and numeracy prior to interview. A good reference will also be required.

Subjects/Modules• Chemistry & Our Earth• Energy & Our Universe• Biology & Our Environment

Depending upon the chosen pathway, learners will study from the following units:

• Applications of Chemical Substances• Applications of Physical Substances• Practical Scientific Work• Working in a Science Based Organisation • The Living Body• Science in Medicine• Using Mathematical Tools in Science• Chemical Analysis & Detection• Biotechnological Procedures & Applications• Investigating Human Behaviour

AssessmentAssessment is assignment-based throughout the course. Students’ academic progress will be monitored throughout the course and reviewed during tutorials.

Essential InformationYou will be expected to wear low heeled, closed toe shoes, laboratory coats and eye goggles whilst working in the laboratories. If a student wishes to purchase their own laboratory coat and goggles information can be obtained from the Science Technicians on request.

Progression• BTEC Level 3 course in Medical, Forensic or Environmental Science

Career opportunities include:

• Health and Medical professions• Forensic Laboratories• Government Laboratories• Environmental Agencies

QualificationBTEC Level 2 in Applied Science – Medical and Forensic

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 200: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

Course ContentThis course is offered as three separate pathways: Applied, Medical or Forensic Science, with pathway specific modules. The qualification is recognised by both employers and Higher Education institutions. Classes are taught in well-resourced laboratories and classrooms with multimedia facilities and access to wireless laptops.

Entry RequirementsApplicants will need either 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C which must include Science or a BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Science at Merit grade overall. GCSE English Language and Maths or Functional Skills in English and Maths at Level 2 are desirable.Those students without evidence of these qualifications will need to demonstrate that they are working towards Level 2 Literacy and Numeracy. All applicants will complete an initial assessment in literacy and numeracy prior to interview. A reference will be required. You will also need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/ModulesDepending upon the chosen pathway, learners will study from the following units:

• Microbiological Techniques• Criminology• Biomedical Science Techniques• Using Statistics in Science• Physiology of Human Body Systems• Criminal Psychology• Physiology of Human Regulation & Reproduction• Biochemistry and Biochemical Techniques• Energy Changes, Sources and Applications• Chemistry for Biology Technicians• Genetics and Genetic Engineering• Chemical Laboratory Techniques

• Diseases and Infections• Criminal Investigation Procedures/Practice

In addition students will have the option to resit GCSE English and Maths, if they have a grade D.

Assessment

Assessment is assignment-based throughout the course. Students’ academic progress will be monitored throughout the course and reviewed during tutorials.

Essential InformationYou will be expected to wear low heeled, closed toe shoes, laboratory coats and eye goggles whilst working in the laboratories.

Progression• HNC/HND in Biology or Chemistry• Foundation Degree in Forensic Criminology • Foundation Degree in Dental Technology

Full degree Science related courses include: Forensic Science, Audiology, Biomedical Science, Microbiological Science, Forensic Science, Psychology, Criminal Psychology, Forensic Criminology and Nursing.

Career opportunities include:

• Health & Medical professions• Forensic Laboratories• Government Laboratories• Environmental Agencies• Police• Microbiology Departments

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Applied Science (Medical and Forensic) Level 3

Duration2 Years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

APPLIED SCIENCE MEDICAL & FORENSIC (LEVEL 3)

Page 201: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

201Course ContentThis is a practical work-related course where learners study in realistic outdoor horticultural environments. It provides a pathway for those wanting to further develop their skills and knowledge within the Horticulture professions. It also develops and prepares learners for progression to BTEC Level 3 Environmental Science. The course is the equivalent of four GCSEs (A to C) depending on whether you achieve passes, merits or distinctions in the units. A work placement is also required as part of the course. The learner is responsible for arranging this, though the College does have some contacts.

Entry RequirementsAt least 4 GCSEs at grades D or above or a BTEC Level 1, preferably in Horticulture including Functional Skills at Level 1 in English and Maths. Those students without evidence of Level 1 English and Maths will need to demonstrate that they are working towards Level 1 in Literacy and Numeracy. All applicants will complete an initial assessment in Literacy and Numeracy prior to interview. A good reference will also be required.

Subjects/Modules• Soil Science• Plant Science• Establishing and Maintaining Plants Outdoors• Setting out from a Plan• Construction Landscaping Foundations & Surfaces• Work Experience in a Land Based Industry

Learners will also be expected to study Functional Skills in English and Maths.

In addition students will have the option to resit/study GCSE English and Maths, if they have a grade D.

AssessmentAssessment is by written assignments, formal observations and practicals throughout the course. Students’ academic progress will be monitored throughout the course and reviewed during tutorials.

Essential InformationAppropriate work boots and gloves for outdoor work. Trips will also be available at an additional cost and we try to keep these costs to a minimum.

Progression• BTEC Level 3 Environmental Science or other related Level 3 courses.

Career opportunities include:

• Landscape Gardening• Garden Centre Advisors

QualificationBTEC Level 2 in Horticulture

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

HORTICULTURE (LEVEL 2)

Page 202: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentEnvironmental sustainability and related environmentally-based sectors are growing rapidly within the UK. The government has introduced relevant legislation and international agreements and protocols with an emphasis on reducing global warming, climate change, low carbon economy and the need for conservation. An essential need has also been identified to educate and train learners for employment within environmental or sustainability based organisations and within a wide range of other related organisations. The course is designed to meet these needs so learners may have opportunities to enter related employment or to progress to related higher vocational qualifications.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs grades A* to C which must include GCSE Science and preferably Maths and English. Alternatively, a BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Science at merit grade with Functional Skills at Level 2 in English and Maths. Those students without evidence of Level 2 English and Maths will need to demonstrate they are working towards Level 2 Literacy and Numeracy. All applicants will complete an initial assessment in literacy and numeracy prior to interview. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Understanding the Principles of Sustainable Development• Understanding the Principles of Wildlife Population, Ecology And Conservation• Understanding the Principles of Physical & Biological Environmental Processes• The Business Environment • Understanding Energy Management

• Science for Environmental Technicians • Astronomy

AssessmentAssessment is through observations and practicals throughout the course. Students’ academic progress will be monitored throughout the course and reviewed during tutorials.

Essential InformationYou will be expected to wear low heeled, closed toe shoes, laboratory coats and eye goggles whilst working in the laboratories.

Progression• HNC/HND Applied Biology• HNC/HND Environmental Conservation• Environmental & Conservation degrees • Other related degrees

Career opportunities include:

• Government Laboratories• Environmental Agencies/Departments• Conservation Agencies/Departments• Microbiology Departments

QualificationBTEC Level 3 in Environmental Science

Duration2 Years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 203: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

203

Page 204: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SPORTWe have the broadest range of full-time sports development, fitness, training, outdoor education and coaching courses in Nottingham. We also have unique programmes in sports media & journalism and sports business & marketing for those learners who are looking for alternative career pathways into the sport and leisure sector. All students will benefit from a well-rounded educational and sporting experience that will lead to opportunities in employment or onto further or higher education.

Our teaching team and support staff possess a unique combination of sports science, leisure management, media, teaching & coaching qualifications and have a wealth of experience working in the sport and associated industries. We have qualified Sport Psychologists, Nutritionists, Leisure Managers, Professional Sports Coaches and Journalists all working at the College and who will share their industry experiences. Our staff will work with you on an individual basis to find the best teaching methods to help you succeed on your course.

Gaining experience is key to finding success in any career. Our students on sport-based courses have opportunities to become actively involved in local, regional and national sports initiatives and gain invaluable opportunities to support national and international events as volunteers. A fine example of this was the 2012 Olympic Torch Relay. We place great emphasis on ensuring that

students gain not only recognised qualifications but also practical employment experience. These opportunities afford learners a broader understanding of the local sports industry. We have well-established relationships with Nottingham’s professional sports clubs, higher education, local authority and voluntary sector sport organisations in the region.

It’s not just about the studying as all students have the opportunity to participate in recreational sport with students from other courses. You will also be able to represent the College Sports Academies in a wide variety of sports and our course timetables are managed to allow weekly participation in the British Colleges of Sport leagues/competitions on a Wednesday afternoon.

Courses also offer residential trips to locations in Great Britain and overseas. Recent examples include our Balls to Poverty project culminating in annual visits to South Africa and Uganda. Other trips have taken place to The Gambia and Italy for sports activity weeks and skiing.

Page 205: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

205SPORT DIPLOMA (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis 2 year full-time course is designed for students who are motivated to gain employment in the sports industry or are aspiring to become an elite athlete. It combines academic and practical study in a broad spectrum of disciplines in sport that will help learners achieve their goals. This is an excellent course for individuals wanting to progress onto further study or alternatively pursue a career in Sports Performance, Coaching or Development. There are excellent opportunities within the course to gain experience in a range of roles at local, national and international sporting events as an athlete or volunteer and to pick up a whole range of additional relevant coaching awards that will enable you to gain part-time employment opportunities whilst still studying. This is a highly respected course and is well recognised in the sports industry.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Pass grade (pre-16’s a minimum of BTEC Pass grade) or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include English Language at Grade C (Maths, Science and PE are desirable but not essential) or Key/Functional Skills English at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/Modules• Anatomy & Physiology • Physiology of Sport • Assessing Risk in Sport • Nutrition • Sport Development • Fitness Testing • Practical Team Sport

• Sports Events • Practical Individual Sport • Sports Psychology• Fitness Training

Additional Qualifications could include:

• Level 2 Award in Community Sports Leadership • Level 3 Award Higher Sports Leader • NCFE Level 1 in Exercise Studies • 1st4Sport Level 2 Coaching Studies • 1st4Sport Level 1 Football Coach Certificate • RLSS Pool Lifeguard • RFU Tag and Level 1 Rugby Coaching • Functional Skills in English and Maths• GCSE English Language and Maths resits

AssessmentAssessment is from a wide range of methods which are completed for each unit and displayed in a portfolio of evidence. These include essays, reports, practical coaching, practical performance, discussions and presentations.

Essential InformationThere may be opportunities for external visits and trips. Students will need to purchase a sports kit (approx. £75) for use in practical sessions and at external events.

Progression• BTEC Extended Diploma in Sport• CYQ in Personal Training• Foundation Degree in Sports Coaching

Career opportunities include:

• Sports Development Officer• Sports Coaching• Health, Fitness and Exercise Industry

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Sport Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 206: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SPORT – EXTENDED DIPLOMA (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThese courses are for students who are motivated to gain employment in the sports/outdoor adventure industry or are aspiring to become an elite athlete. They combine academic and practical study in a broad spectrum of disciplines. These are excellent courses for individuals wanting to progress onto university to study sport or alternatively pursue a career in Sports Performance, Coaching, Development and Outdoor Education. There are excellent opportunities to gain experiences as a volunteer in a range of roles at local, national and international sporting events. These are extremely well recognised courses in the sports industry.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma Merit grade (pre-16’s a minimum of BTEC Pass grade) or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C (Cs in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/ModulesPathway 1 - Development, Coaching & FitnessYear 1 will focus on sports units. In year 2 you will specialise in one of these areas: Business, Media, Coaching & Sport Development or Exercise & Fitness.

• Anatomy & Physiology• Physiology of Sport • Fitness Training • Exercise Health & Lifestyle • Assessing Risk in Sport & Sports Coaching • Analysis of Sports Performance & Talent ID

• Sport Development• Fitness Testing • Instructing Physical Activity & Exercise • Practical Team Sport • Sports Events • Current Issues in Sport• Outdoor Adventure • Sports Massage & Sports Injuries • Sports Psychology• Leadership & Rules & Regulations • Practical Individual Sport • Nutrition • Exercise for Specific Groups

Pathway 2 - Performance & Excellence Students will be selected and recruited by the Sports Academy Manager & Head Coaches.

• Anatomy & Physiology• Physiology of Fitness• Fitness Training• Exercise Health & Lifestyle • Assessing Risk in Sport• Sports Coaching• Analysis for Sports Performance• Current Issues in Sport• Athlete’s Lifestyle• Talent Identification• Nutrition• Fitness Testing• Instructing Physical Activity & Exercise • Psychology • Technical & Tactical Awareness• Sports Events • Practical Sport• Rules & Regulations of Sport• Sports Injuries • Sports Massage

Pathway 3 - Outdooor AdventurePathway 3 has a key focus on Outdoor Adventure. In order to cover the costs of these activities each student will be expected to contribute £150 per academic year. Payment will be required at enrolment.

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Sport Level 3

Pathway 1 – Development, Coaching & Fitness.

Pathway 2 – Performance & Excellence (For Elite Athletes).

Pathway 3 – Outdoor Adventure.

Duration2 Years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 207: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

207• Principles of Anatomy & Physiology in Sport• The Physiology of Fitness• Assessing Risk in Sport• Fitness Training & Programming• Leadership in Sport• Principles & Practices in Outdoor Adventure• Equipment & Facilities for Outdoor & Adventurous Activities• Sports Coaching • Sports Nutrition • Current Issues • Exercise Health & Lifestyle • Organising Sports Events • Sport as a Business • Impact & Sustainability in Outdoor Adventure• Environmental Education for Outdoor Adventure• Skills for Land-based Outdoor & Adventurous Activities• Skills for Water-based Outdoor & Adventurous Activities• Outdoor & Adventurous Expeditions• Alternative Pursuits for Outdoor Adventure

Activities undertaken on Pathway 3 could include the following:

• White Water Rafting • Rock Climbing • Water Skiing • Scuba Diving• Assault Courses• Paintballing • Skiing/Snowboarding • Mountain Bike Riding • Orienteering • Camping Overnight• Hill Walking • Canoeing/Kayaking

Additional Qualifications on all pathways could include:

• Level 2 Award in Community Sports Leadership • Level 3 Award Higher Sports Leader

• NCFE Level 1 in Exercise Studies • 1st4Sport Level 2 Coaching Studies • 1st4Sport Level 1 Football Coach Certificate • RLSS Pool Lifeguard • RFU Tag and Level 1 Rugby Coaching • Functional Skills in English and Maths• GCSE English Language and Maths resits

AssessmentThe course is an academic style sport studies programme which involves a wide variety of teaching and learning experiences. Assessment is from a wide range of methods which are completed for each unit and displayed in a portfolio of evidence. These include essays, reports, practical coaching, practical performance, discussions and presentations.

Essential InformationThere may be opportunities for external visits and trips. Students will need to purchase sports kit (approx. £75) for use in practical sessions and at external events. All subjects/modules are subject to change.

Progression• BTEC Extended Diploma in Sport• CYQ in Personal Training• Foundation Degree in Sports Coaching

Career opportunities include:

• Sports Development Officer • Sports Performer and Coaching• PE Teaching and Working in the Outdoor Education/Activities Industry• Health, Fitness and Exercise Industry

Page 208: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SPORTS BUSINESS & MARKETING (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is for students who are aspiring to explore a career in the sports industry alone or potentially combine Sports Business and Marketing. It will give an insight into the structure of both the sport and business sectors and provide opportunities for progression to study Sport and/or Business and Marketing in Higher Education. It will provide an excellent opportunity to develop practical skills and business knowledge. Opportunities to work as a volunteer and develop relevant coaching and leadership awards will enable you to gain part-time employment whilst studying. Year 1 will focus on sports units and in year 2 you will specialise in modules specific to the business and marketing sectors.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma Merit grade (pre-16’s a minimum of BTEC Pass grade) or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C (C in Maths and PE are desirable but not essential). A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/Modules• Anatomy & Physiology • Assessing Risk in Sport• Training & Fitness for Sport• Sport Coaching and Sports Events• Sport Development and Sports Legacy• Fitness Testing & Training For Sport & Exercise• Practical Individual and Team Sport• Sports and Society• Leadership in Sport• Exercise, Health & Lifestyle

• Psychology For Sport• Sport as a Business

The Business & Marketing units include:

• The Business Environment• Business Resources• Introduction to Marketing• Business Communication• Creative Product Promotion• Market Research in Business

AssessmentAssessment will include coaching with planning and evaluation, practical sports performance, journals, presentations, written reports and discussions in both subject disciplines. You will develop a portfolio of evidence for all units completed.

Essential InformationThere may be opportunities for external visits and trips. Students will need to purchase sports kit (approx. £75) for use in practical sessions and at external events.

Progression• Degrees in Sports Business/Marketing• Foundation Degree in Sports Coaching• BSc in Sports Related Degree• BEd Teaching • CYQ Personal Trainer Award

Career opportunities include:

• Marketing and Sales• Sports Agent• Human Resources / Recruitment• Sports Development / Coaching• PE Teaching• Health, Fitness and Exercise Industry

QualificationBTEC National Diploma in Sport & BTEC Subsidiary Diploma in Business & Marketing Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 209: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

209

Page 210: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SPORTS MEDIA & JOURNALISM (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is designed for students who are aspiring to work in the Sports and/or Media industry. It will enable you to meet and work alongside local media outlets to gain invaluable industrial experience. There will also be opportunities to work alongside College-based projects such as Balls to Poverty and ITTOG and see how they function alongside a range of media. You will benefit from the College’s sponsorship of the Nottinghamshire County Cricket Club, Nottingham Rugby and Nottingham Lions and Panthers Ice Hockey teams. Opportunities to work as a volunteer and develop relevant coaching and leadership awards will enable you to gain part-time employment whilst studying. Year 1 will focus on sports units and in year 2 you will specialise in modules specific to the media and journalism industries.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at A* to C grades or a BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma Merit grade (pre-16s a minimum of BTEC Pass grade) or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include GCSE English Language at Grade C (C in Maths, Media Studies and PE are desirable but not essential). A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/ModulesSport Development, Coaching & Fitness

• Anatomy & Physiology • Assessing Risk in Sport• Training & Fitness for Sport • Sport Coaching and Events • Sports Development and Legacy• Fitness Testing & Training for Sport &Exercise• Practical Individual and Team Sport

• Sports and Society• Leadership in Sport• Exercise, Health & Lifestyle• Psychology for Sport• Sport as a Business

Creative Media (Print Based Media):

• Research Techniques • Pre-production Techniques • Communication skills in Media Industries • Photography • Page Layout & Design • Writing Copy

AssessmentAssessment will include coaching with planning and evaluation, practical sports performance, journals, presentations, written reports and discussions in both subject disciplines. You will develop a portfolio of evidence for all units completed.

Essential InformationThere may be opportunities for external visits and trips. Students will need to purchase a sports kit (approx. £75) for use in practical sessions and at external events.

Progression• Degrees in Sport Media & Journalism • CYQ Personal Trainer Award • Foundation Degree in Sports Coaching • BSc in a sports related degree

Career opportunities include:

• Sports Development Officer • Media and Journalism• Sports Coaching• PE Teaching• Health, Fitness and Exercise Industry

QualificationBTEC National Diploma In Sport (Development, Coaching & Fitness) & BTEC Subsidiary Diploma In Creative Media Production (Print-Based Media) Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 211: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

211BALLS TO POVERTY DIPLOMA (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course is designed for students who are inspired and motivated to make a contribution to society through sports coaching and the development of sports provision in a range of community settings. This course offers a mixture of academic and practical sessions around the sports development industry. There are excellent opportunities within this programme to fundraise, coach and teach at local, regional and national levels, through the internationally recognised Balls to Poverty Programme. There is also an opportunity to use these skills during an overseas visit within the townships of South Africa and Uganda. Students will bring these experiences back to communities across the United Kingdom.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D (English Language is desirable but not essential) or City & Guilds Level 2 Diploma in Sport/ BTEC First/BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. All students will be expected to work towards a grade C in GCSE English Language and Maths whilst on the course. A good reference will also be required. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/Modules• Health, Safety and Welfare • Practical Sports Performance • Factors Affecting Participation in Sport • People Skills• Events Organisation• Personal & Public Relations• Plan, Deliver & Evaluate • Sport in Society • Understanding the Active Leisure Sector• Building Legacy through Sports Events • Safeguarding Children • Rules, Regulations and Officiating

AssessmentCandidates are assessed by assignments, practical observation, on-line and written tests.

Essential InformationThere may be opportunities for external visits and trips. Students will need to purchase a sports kit (approx. £75) for use in practical sessions and at external events. The overseas Balls to Poverty visit to South Africa and Uganda costs approximately £650.

Further Study• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Sport

Students with outstanding portfolios and excellent references may progress onto:

• BTEC Level 3 National Diploma in Sport (International Sports Coaching and Community Development – linked to Balls to Poverty)• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport Development, Coaching and Fitness• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport (Outdoor Adventure)• BTEC Level 3 National Diploma in Sport plus BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in Media/ Business and Marketing

Career opportunities include:

• Working in the Coaching Industry• Sports Leader

QualificationCity & Guilds DiplomaIncreasing Participation in Sport & Active Leisure in Community Settings Linked to Balls to Poverty Level 2

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 212: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

BALLS TO POVERTY EXTENDED DIPLOMA (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course offers a mixture of practical and academic sessions that will provide the skills and knowledge required assisting those wanting a career in Sports Development. There are excellent opportunities within this programme to fundraise, coach and teach at local, national and international levels, through the internationally recognised Balls to Poverty Programme. There is also an opportunity to use these skills during an overseas visit within the townships of South Africa and Uganda with opportunities that include Township coaching sessions, Coach Education programme for Township coaches; community sports activities, manual projects (painting schools etc) along with cultural tours. The skills obtained out in South Africa/Uganda can then be used in communities back in the United Kingdom. The course will include leadership and personal development to become a role model to others.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C and which should include GCSE English Language or a BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma or equivalent at Merit grade. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/Modules• Principles of Anatomy & Physiology in Sport• Physiology of Fitness• Assessing Risk in Sport• Fitness Training & Programming• Sports Coaching• Sports Development• Fitness Testing for Sport & Exercise• Practical Team Sports• Current Issues in Sport

• Leadership in Sport• Rules, Regulations & Officiating in Sport• Sports Legacy Development

Candidates will also study basic conversational Spanish and French plus a wide variety of coaching qualifications including FA Level 1, CSLA and Award in Coaching Studies

AssessmentAssessment is from a wide range of methods which are completed for each unit and displayed in a portfolio of evidence. These include essays, reports, practical coaching, practical performance, discussions and presentations.

Essential InformationThere may be opportunities for external visits and trips. Students will need to purchase a sports kit (approx. £75) for use in practical sessions and at external events. The overseas Balls to Poverty visit to South Africa and Uganda costs approximately £650.

Progression• CYQ Level 3 Certificate in Personal Training• Foundation Degree in Sports Coaching• BA (Hons)/BSc in a sports related degree

Career opportunities include:

• Sports Development Officer• Community Coach• Sports Leader

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Sport (International Sports Coaching & Community Development – Linked to Balls to Poverty Level 3

Duration2 Years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 213: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

213

Page 214: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SPORT (BTEC LEVEL 2)

Course ContentA course designed for students who are inspired/motivated by the sports industry and who want an academic and practical introductory programme to sport. This is an excellent course for individuals wanting to progress onto a higher level course in sport but didn’t gain the grades for the Level 3 Extended Diploma or AS Levels. There are excellent opportunities within this course to develop a broad range of practical skills suitable for employment. You will also find opportunities to work at local, national and international sporting events as a volunteer and pick up a whole range of coaching and leadership experience and awards.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications should include GCSE English Language. GCSE Maths or PE are desirable but not essential. A good reference will also be required. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/Modules• Fitness Testing & Training• Practical Sport• Anatomy & Physiology of Sport• Sports Development• Planning & Leading Sport• Exercise and Fitness Instruction• Sport and Leisure Facility Operations

AssessmentThe course is an academic style sport studies programme which involves a wide variety of teaching and learning experiences. Assessment is from a wide range of methods which are completed for each unit and displayed in a portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationThere may be opportunities for external visits and trips. Students will need to purchase sports kit (approx. £75) for use in practical sessions and at external events. We recommend you purchase the course text book BTEC First Sport published by Heinemann (approx £25).

Progression• City & Guilds Level 2 Diploma in Sport or any other Level 2 sport related qualification

Students with outstanding portfolios and excellent references may progress onto:

• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport Development & Fitness• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport (Outdoor Adventure)• BTEC Level 3 National Diploma in Sport, Sport & Media or Sport & Business Marketing• BTEC Level 3 National Diploma in Sport (International Sports Coaching & Community Development)

Career opportunities include:

Most students progress onto the BTEC Level 3 Diploma/Extended Programmes although employment opportunities exist in:

• Sport Coaching • Activity Leading • Sports Assistant

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Sport Level 2

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 215: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

215

Page 216: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SPORT (CITY & GUILDS LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course is designed for learners who are motivated by sport and who would ideally like to work within the industry. Learners will regularly be actively involved in coaching and leading within the community, especially within local schools. This course offers a mixture of academic and practical sessions around the sports and leisure industry.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D (English Language is desirable but not essential) or City & Guilds Level 2 Diploma in Sport/ BTEC First/BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade or equivalent qualifications. All students will be expected to work towards a grade C in GCSE English Language and Maths whilst on the course. A good reference will also be required. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/Modules• Health, Safety & Welfare in Sport & Active Leisure• Safeguarding & Protecting children in Sport & Active Leisure• Plan, Deliver & Evaluate Sport & Active Leisure Activities• Understanding the Active Leisure & Learning sector• Facility Operations• Participation in Sport• Technical & Tactical Requirements of Sport• Leading a Healthy Lifestyle• Event Planning & Organisation• People Skills• Preparation for Playing Sport

AssessmentCandidates are assessed by assignments, practical observation, on-line and written tests.

Essential InformationStudents will get involved in a range of local sports events working as volunteers. Students will need to purchase a sports kit (approx. £75) for use in practical sessions and at external events.

Progression• BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Sport

Students with outstanding portfolios and excellent references may progress onto:

• BTEC Level 3 National Diploma in Sport (International Sports Coaching and Community Development – linked to Balls to Poverty)• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport Development, Coaching and Fitness• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport (Outdoor Adventure)• BTEC Level 3 National Diploma in Sport plus BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in Media/Business and Marketing

Career opportunities include:

• Sports Leader• Sports Coach• Leisure Attendant

QualificationCity & Guilds Diploma in Sport Level 2

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 217: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

217PERSONAL TRAINING DIPLOMA (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentAn intensive course ideal for Fitness/Gym instructors or those wanting to enter the fitness industry and work on a regular one to one basis with clients. The qualification provides background knowledge and skills for advanced programming, instructing and coaching. The qualification is recognised by REPs (Register of Exercise Professionals) at Level 3 and is highly respected within the industry.

Entry RequirementsApplicants must be a minimum of 18 years. A Level 2 Gym qualification is desirable, however for those who have not acquired this prior to the start of the course, the first semester of the full Diploma in Personal Training is dedicated to this. Fitness industry experience is desirable. All applicants should have English Language GCSE A* to C or Key/Functional Skills in English qualifications at Level 2. Those without will need to pass a diagnostic assessment prior to enrolment. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a written personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/Modules• Advanced Gym Instructor• Anatomy & Physiology• Nutrition and Weight Management• Fitness Assessment• Training Outdoors• Business and Marketing• Sports Conditioning

You can also become a CYQ Level 2 Circuit Training Instructor and also gain an ‘in house’ Core Stability/Swiss Ball certificate.

AssessmentThis qualification incorporates internal and external assessment through a combination of practical, theory and course work submission.

Essential InformationThroughout this course you will be given the opportunity to study a range of other professional industry fitness qualifications that will further enhance your career prospects. Please note that these will have additional costs and will be discussed at interview.

Progression• Personal Training • Foundation Degree in Applied Sports Coaching• Level 4 REPS

Career opportunities include:

• Self-employed Fitness Instructor/Personal Trainer• Employed Fitness Instructor/Personal Trainer• Fitness Consultant• Studio Instructor• Studio Co-ordinator• Fitness Manager

QualificationCYQ Diploma in Personal Training Level 3

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location West Bridgford Centre

Bulwell – Active Central

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 218: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

SPORT & LEISURE APPRENTICESHIP (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThere are two Apprenticeship framework options for the Level 2 Apprenticeship in Sport & Leisure and the choice is mainly dependent upon the job role and employer’s requirements. The options are: City and Guilds Level 2 NVQ Certificate in Active Leisure, Learning and Well-being; Operational Services; or City and Guilds Level 2 NVQ Certificate in Activity Leadership. You will need to have a contract of employment for a minimum of 30 hours per week for an agreed period of 12 months. A trainer/assessor will visit you to enable you to complete the course at your own pace throughout this timescale. In addition to the NVQ you will also study a variety of technical certificates that are related to your line of work and Functional Skills in Maths and English.

Entry RequirementsSchool leavers should have 5 GCSEs at grades D or above. You need to show that you are committed and aware of your responsibilities to both yourself and the organisation who would employ you. A good reference will be required. Students are expected to complete a Criminal Records Bureau check.

Subjects/ModulesThis will be dependent upon your choice of framework and the employers requirements.The framework consists of:

• NVQ Level 2 (competence qualification)• A knowledge qualification at Level 2• Level 2 Award in Employment Awareness in Active Leisure & Learning• Functional Skills in both Maths and English• Other industry/coaching qualifications as directed by the employer

AssessmentYou will be regularly assessed in the workplace and will produce an e-portfolio of evidence to show your understanding of the knowledge required. Assessments will include a combination of practical observations, verbal discussions, written assignments and case studies.

Essential InformationApprentices will be required to obtain employment in a sports/leisure setting before enrolling. You will need to fund your own travel costs to placement. You will be paid an apprentice wage which will be approx. £95 a week if you work for the minimum of 30 hours. This will be paid by your employer.

ProgressionOn completion of your Apprenticeship you may well achieve a full time position with your employer. If you wish to continue studying you will need good tutor and employer recommendations, and with good performance it is possible to progress onto the one of the following:

• Level 3 Apprenticeship• BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport (Development, Coaching and Fitness) • BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma in Sport (Outdoor Adventure)• BTEC Level 3 Certificate in International Sports Coaching and Development (linked to Balls to Poverty)• BTEC Level 3 National Diploma in Sport / BTEC Level 3 Subsidiary Diploma in: Sports Media or Sports Business and Marketing• CYQ Level 3 Diploma in Personal Training

Career opportunities include:

• Sports Leaders/Coach• Leisure Attendants• Fitness Instructors

QualificationApprenticeship in Sport Level 2

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Workplace

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 219: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

219

Page 220: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

The travel and tourism industry continues to be one of the fastest growing sectors of the UK economy. It is a major employer of people in the UK and employs more people worldwide than any other industry. The largest growth market is currently the cruising industry. As a result the opportunities available in the industry are vast and can include: Overseas Resort Representatives, Tour Guides, Tourist Information Advisers, Air Cabin Crew, Travel Consultants and Events Organisers. The College has developed a wide range of travel and tourism courses and has gained a reputation for delivering high quality provision and for helping students achieve their individual goals, whether that be gaining a place at university or employment in the industry.

Travel & Tourism courses are delivered at the West Bridgford and Beeston Centres. The College also has a mock airline cabin based in Beeston and is accessed by learners from both sites.

Full-time courses are held at three levels: Level 1 courses provide an introduction into the industry, and at Levels 2 & 3, students are able to specialise solely in travel and tourism. We also offer a very specialised course: BTEC Diploma in Aviation Operations Level 3 with Air Cabin Crew Level 2 and NCFE Resort Reps. In addition to these full-time courses there is a range of professionally recognised short courses that will enhance and develop students’ long-term career prospects. All full-time courses enjoy a range of study visits and field trips to compliment classroom-based

lessons. Students are given the opportunity to undertake a UK, European, North African or West African based residential.

All students are encouraged to take part in the extra curricular activities that the College provides. The department offers performance opportunities to enable students to gain extra skills through various fun and educational initiatives. Students undertake fundraising activities throughout the year to contribute towards trips and other external events such as raising money for charities. Last year students participated in a flash dance at the Broadmarsh Centre in Nottingham, details of which can be found on YouTube. They also did a flash freeze in Nottingham City Centre’s Old Market Square to raise awareness of Fair Trade.

TRAVEL & TOURISM

Page 221: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

221AVIATION OPERATIONS – AIR CABIN CREW & RESORT REPS (LEVELS 2 & 3)

Course ContentThe aviation industry is growing at a rapid pace. Recent developments have included a huge increase in new ‘budget’ airlines and an increase in routes offered. The course will cover all aspects. The NCFE Resort Reps course and the Certificate in Air Cabin Crew have been designed to provide opportunities for learners to develop a range of skills and techniques, personal qualities and attitudes essential for successful performance in the specific areas of these industries. We have combined the 4 courses to create this stimulating and innovative programme.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D, or a BTEC First Diploma Level 2/BTEC Diploma Level 2 at Pass grade, or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language at GCSE grade D or above, or equivalent qualifications e.g. Key Skills in Communication/Functional Skills in English Level 1. A good reference will also be required. Students must be 17 at the start of the course to meet industry requirements for employment.

Subjects/ModulesThe NCFE Resort Reps offers a specialist qualification that focuses on particular aspects of employment within the overseas sector and offers you a guaranteed interview with Thomas Cook. This part of the course includes these units:

• Investigate Employment Opportunities for Resort Representative• Undertake Pre-season Preparation• Manage Airport & Transfer Duties• Undertake in Resort Duties

Air Cabin Crew Service includes these units:

• Working as Cabin Crew• Airline Health, Safety & Security

• Aircraft Emergency Situations• Dealing with Passengers Onboard an Aircraft• Cabin Service - Selling Techniques • Making Passenger Announcements Onboard an Aircraft

AssessmentRegular assessment via on-going coursework and student progress is monitored via tutorials. Assessment is also carried out overseas on residentials. The Cabin Crew aspect will be assessed in class and the mock cabin. It is assignment assessed and these will be in different formats including reports, task sheets, role-plays, videos and practicals.

Essential InformationThe course will include a one-week residential to a European resort (approx £350). There will also be a trip to Nottingham East Midlands or Heathrow Airport (approx £35) with various other trips and activities planned. Students will be based at Beeston and must purchase a white shirt and black trousers or skirt.

Progression• BTEC Extended Diploma in Travel & Tourism• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Travel & Tourism• Part-time language course to compliment your qualification

Career opportunities include:

• Air Cabin Crew Industry • Overseas Resort Representative• Airport & Airline Operative

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Aviation Operations Level 3 with Air Cabin Crew Level 2 and NCFE Resort Reps

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 222: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

TRAVEL & TOURISM (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentA vocational programme equivalent to 4 GCSEs at A* to C grade. It is designed to equip students with the skills and knowledge necessary for a career in the Travel or Tourism industry or the qualifications to gain a place on Level 3 Advanced level courses.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D, BTEC Level 1 Diploma or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language at grade D or above or Functional Skills in English Level 1. A good reference will also be required.

Subjects/Modules• The UK Travel & Tourism Industry• Understanding Customer Service• UK Travel Destinations• Exploring Marketing• European Holiday Destinations• Organising a Travel & Tourism Study Visit

Additional Qualifications• City & Guilds Level 2 IT• BTEC Hospitality Award• BTEC Introduction to Team Leading • Functional Skills in English

AssessmentRegular assessment via on-going coursework and student progress is monitored via tutorials. Assessments also take place on a UK residential visit and occasionally in Europe dependent upon cost.

Essential InformationThere will be a cost to students for the UK based residential and day trips (approx £220). It is a tradition that students undertake fund-raising activities in order to reduce the costs. Daytrips to Blackpool, Liverpool, Manchester and Alton Towers Hotel and Resort are an integral part of this course.

Pregression• BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Travel & Tourism• Level 3 Extended Diploma in Travel & Tourism• Resort Representatives & Cabin Crew• Part-time language course to compliment your qualification.

Career opportunities include:

• Travel Agents• Overseas Resort Representative• Air Cabin Crew• Tour Operators• Airport Ground Operations

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Travel & Tourism Level 2

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

West Bridgford Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 223: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

223

Page 224: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

TRAVEL & TOURISM (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThese courses have been developed to meet the needs of the Travel & Tourism industry with a focus on independent learning, practical knowledge and skills. Residentials are an integral part of the course and are currently held in the UK in the 1st year and an approximate 2 week trip to The Gambia in the 2nd year. The additional qualification of Global Citizenship has been developed by the Travel & Tourism team in conjunction with City & Guilds and is deemed as an innovative project to raise awareness of global issues. It will give students the confidence and underpinning knowledge that they will need when campaigning and taking action against some of the issues that are raised. It will also increase students’ chances of gaining employment in the globalised Travel & Tourism industry.

Entry RequirementsFor the Extended Diploma, applicants will need 5 GCSEs at grades A* to C, or BTEC Level 2 First Diploma /BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade. For the Diploma you will need 4 GCSEs at grades A* to C, or BTEC Level 2 Diploma at Merit grade. Both the Extended Diploma and the Diploma must include GCSE English Language at grade C or above or Functional Skills in English at Level 2. A good reference will also be required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Investigating Travel & Tourism • Tourist Destinations and Visitor Attractions• Entertainment for Holiday Makers• The Cruise Sector• Customer Service• Holiday Representatives• Residential Study Visit

Additional Qualifications• Global Citizenship• BTEC Performing Arts • Functional Skills in English and Maths

AssessmentRegular assessment via on-going coursework and student progress is monitored via tutorials. Assessment is also carried out overseas on residential trips.

Essential InformationIn addition to the main trip for which there will be a cost to students, there are regular trips to local tourist destinations and students must be prepared to undertake these as part of their course (approx £220). In the 1st year students will attend a residential in the UK and in the 2nd year they will visit The Gambia for 2 weeks. The cost will be approximately £850 to cover both residentials including travel, accommodation and activities included. Students can opt to follow a payment schedule which spreads out costs.

Progression• HND/Degree in related Business, Marketing or Travel & Tourism courses.

Career opportunities include:

• Tour Operator • Overseas Resort Rep • Airport Operative• Tourist Information Centre • Travel Agent • Rural Tour Ranger/Guide• Visitor Attraction Operation • Air Cabin Crew • UK Activity Representative

QualificationBTEC Diploma & Extended Diploma in Travel & Tourism Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre (Extended)

West Bridgford Centre (Diploma & Extended)

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 225: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

225We are living in an age where the Uniformed Services are increasingly working together for the security and care of the nation.

The Uniformed Public Services carry the weight of public and government expectations in maintaining and improving local, national and international requirements in the interests of the public and the world.

These services offer a diverse career pathway that can lead you into positions such as Tank Crewman with the Army, Operator Mechanic on board ships with the Royal Navy, Aircraft Technician with the RAF, Fire-Fighter with the Fire and Rescue Service or Junior Paramedic with the Ambulance Service. Teaching staff delivering Uniformed Public Service courses at the College come from a diverse range of armed forces and services backgrounds and all are committed to creating realistic experiences that replicate those you will come across within the sector.

The Uniformed Public Services courses are delivered by the College at Maid Marian Way and the Arthur Mee Centre in Stapleford. The courses include a mixture of theoretical and practical units with an emphasis on teamwork, communication, self-motivation and discipline, the main requirements for personnel wishing to join the Armed Forces and the Emergency Services.

Learners on all three levels will learn the basics of map reading and navigation and use this when out on both full day expeditions and, at Level 3, overnight expeditions. Fitness is also actively encouraged at all levels in preparation for entry to one of the Uniformed Public Services. You will also learn how the different services work in unison to develop, maintain and protect society.

Extra curriculum qualifications include the Award in Sports Leadership, the Award in Community Sports Leadership and the Award in Basic Expedition Leadership to further promote the learners skills and show the ability to work with other people.

Functional Skills in Mathematics and English are also an important aspect of Level 1 and Level 2 courses with achievement at Level 2 required for learners to move up to the Level 3 Extended Diploma course.

UNIFORMED PUBLIC SERVICES 225

Page 226: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

PUBLIC SERVICES (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThis is a Level 1 course which is aimed at giving students the necessary skills needed to progress to a higher level with a hands-on approach to study. The course is over 34 weeks and is aimed at those who enjoy participating in practical activities such as fitness, expeditions and team building.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have 4 GCSEs at grade E to G, one of which must be in English Language or Functional Skills in English at Level 1. A good reference will also be required. All students will be interviewed, carry out an initial assessment and attend a taster day. Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and therefore additional hours will need to be added onto the course to cover these.

Subjects/Modules• Public Service Careers• Map Reading using Ordnance Survey Maps• Personal Skills• Practical Teamwork• Introduction to Security• Public Service Incidents• Introduction to Expedition Skills• Improving Health & Fitness

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical and theoretical assessments finishing with the production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

You will need to take examinations for Functional Skills in English and Maths.

Essential InformationSensible clothing will need to be worn in the classrooms and some uniform is provided for visits, practical units and the expeditions. There will be an extra charge for the uniform and in some cases you may be able to access financial assistance from the College for this.

ProgressionSuccessful completion of the course and both of the Functional Skills will enable you to progress onto a Level 2 course in Public Services.

Careers include a variety of opportunities within the Public Services.

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Public Services Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 227: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

227

Page 228: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

PUBLIC SERVICES (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis is a Level 2 course which is aimed at giving students the necessary skills needed to progress to a higher level of public services. The course is over 34 weeks and aimed at those who enjoy participating in practical activities as well as classroom-based theory lessons.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have 4 GCSEs at grades A to D which should include English Language and/or Maths or equivalent qualifications. A good reference will also be required. All students will be interviewed, carry out an initial assessment and attend a taster day. Functional Skills will be studied as part of the learning programme and therefore additional hours will need to be added onto the course to cover these.

Subjects/Modules• Public Service Skills• Employment in the Uniformed Public Services• Improving Health & Fitness• Expedition Skills• Land Navigation

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical and theoretical assessments finishing with the production of a personal portfolio of evidence. You will need to take examinations for Functional Skills in English and Maths.

Essential InformationSensible clothing will need to be worn in the classrooms and some uniform is provided for visits, practical activities and expeditions. There will be an extra charge for the uniform and in some cases you may be able to access financial assistance from the College for this.

ProgressionSuccessful completion of the course at Merit or Distinction grade and success at both of the Functional Skills will enable you to progress onto a Level 3 course in Uniformed Public Services.

Career opportunities include:

• Police Community Support Officer• Firefighter• Prison Officer• Armed Forces Personnel• Security Guard

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Public Services Level 2

Duration1 Year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 229: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

229UNIFORMED PUBLIC SERVICES (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis is a Level 3 course which is aimed at giving students the necessary skills needed to progress to a Higher Education or employment in the Uniformed Public Services. The course is over 34 weeks for each year of study and is equivalent to three full A Levels.

Entry RequirementsWe welcome applications from learners who have achieved 5 GCSEs grades A to C which should include English Language and Maths, or a BTEC Level 2 course at a Merit grade, or equivalent qualifications. A good reference will also be required. All students will be interviewed, carry out an initial assessment and attend a taster day. Progression to year two of the course is subject to satisfactory completion of the year one units.As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Government Policies and the Public Services• Leadership & Teamwork• Citizenship, Diversity and the Public Services• Fitness Testing & Training• Career Planning for the Public Services• Outdoor & Adventurous Expeditions• Understanding Discipline• Crime and its Effects on Society• Planning & Management of Major Incidents

AssessmentContinuous assessment of each unit. Students present evidence of competence via practical and theoretical assessments finishing with the production of a personal portfolio of evidence.

Essential InformationSensible clothing will need to be worn in classrooms and some uniform is provided for visits, practical activities and expeditions. There will be an extra charge for the uniform and in some cases you may be able to access financial assistance from the college for this.

ProgressionHigher Education including Degrees in Law and Criminology, Psychology and Social Sciences.

Second year learners are encouraged to apply for the position of Special Constable, though other career possibilities include:

• Police Officer• Firefighter• Armed Forces Recruit• Prison Officer• RAF Auxillary• Royal Naval Reservist• Private Security• Immigration Officer• Territorial Army

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Uniformed Public ServicesLevel 3

Duration2 Years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 230: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

VISUAL ARTS & DIGITAL MEDIAWelcome to the School of Visual Arts and Digital Media. You have just taken your first step toward achieving your career ambitions.

We have spacious art, fashion, photography and digital i-media studios with a large variety of resources to support our learners. All of our workshops and studios are fully equipped with commercially relevant resources including state- of-the-art Apple Mac and PC multimedia suites with up-to-date software and facilities.

Our students achieve very high standards indeed and they regularly win awards and competitions.Recent accolades have been in the UK Skills Challenge Competition (Arts, Media & Photography) where we had Gold and Silver Medal Winners. Also in 2012 in the World Skills UK Competition we have four finalists in Advanced Web Design going through to the UK Skills Advanced Web Design finals in November. In the Degree Art.com Competition, sponsored by The Times, we had three National Diploma Photographic Finalists (3,000 national entrants). One of our Textile students won the overall Nottingham Young Creative Award presented by William Ivory at Nottingham Contemporary in 2012.

Our photography students have consistently been finalists and won many national and international competitions and their work has been featured in the national press on several occasions.

Our students have also exhibited at major galleries, including The National Portrait Gallery and the Yorkshire Sculpture Park.

Many of our students have the opportunity to work directly with our partners Creative Twinning. Students benefit from working closely with designer makers and practitioners in a studio setting as part of a mentoring scheme and via a series of seminars and events. Students are involved in the Creative Twinning Showcase at Nottingham Contemporary and a residential to Karlsruhe, Germany, supporting the Eunique Trade Fair. Creative Twinning is all about creating opportunities while sharing a passion for sustainable products and promoting and developing good design here in the East Midlands. The Creative Twinning Partnership of Nottingham designers Debbie Bryan, Jayne Childs and Hannah Lobley bring together designers based in the East Midlands to be a part of Creative Twinning events and opportunities that promote and sell their work, highlight the creative industries and create working relationships locally and internationally. For further information please visit the website www.creativetwinning.com

Page 231: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

231ART & DESIGN (LEVEL 1)

Course ContentThe one year Level 1 BTEC Diploma course isan important first step onto the Level 2 Diplomas in creative subjects. You will develop skills-based abilities in art, design and interactive media. The course includes modules in traditional art techniques, graphic design, desk-top publishing, 3D design and screen printing. A variety of creative skills are developed by you following practical assignments. Student support is provided for students who have specific learning difficulties, hearing impairments, visual impairments and physical disabilities.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades D to F or equivalent qualifications including English Language and/or Maths. A satisfactory reference will also be required.

Subjects/Modules• Explore 2 Dimensions • Explore Drawing, Painting & Printmaking • Explore 3D Crafts and 3D Fine Art • A Personal Project• Personal and Social Development• Functional Skills in English

AssessmentLearners will produce a portfolio of work for assessment that is regularly monitored and checked.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

Progression Level 2 courses include:

• Art and Design • Interactive Media• Creative Media Production• Photography & Design• Music Production

Career opportunities include:

Further study at Level 2 and 3 is recommended in order to make these career choices more readily accessible.

Fashion Designer, Textile Designer, Fashion Stylist, Jeweller, Fashion Retail Buyer, Artist, Teacher, Art Therapist, Arts Administrator, Community Artist, Photographer, Set Designer, Costume Designer, Prop Maker, Interior Designer, Architect, Crafts-maker, Graphic Designer, Illustrator, Furniture Designer, Product Designer, Animator, Web Designer, Curator, and Film Maker.

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Art & Design Level 1

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston CentreandClifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 232: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ART & DESIGN (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course provides you with the opportunity to develop a range of skills and techniques in the fields of art, graphic design, photography and related interactive media. You will work practically with a range of traditional visual arts media. You will use technical resources and software that is of a professional standard. The course allows you the chance to develop your skills and to acquire a new level of understanding about Art & Design. Individuals discover their strengths by working across a range of projects. There are visits to galleries and you will enjoy taking part in discussions about your work and the work of others.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills in English and/or Maths at Level 1. Evidence of an interest in the subject area in the form of a portfolio would be viewed favourably. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Photography • Scanning, Creating and Manipulating Images • Desk Top Publishing • Illustration and Graphic Design • 3D Design • Fashion & Textiles • Fine Art • Drawing • Interactive Media • Site-specific Art

AssessmentLearners will produce a portfolio of work for continuous and on-going assessment throughout the year.

Essential InformationYou will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT whilst on a BTEC Level 2 Diploma. Essential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionFurther study at Level 3 is advised to ensure progression onto a higher level course and/or employment in this industry.

Career opportunities include:

Fashion Designer, Textile Designer, Fashion Stylist, Jeweller, Fashion Retail Buyer, Artist, Teacher, Art Therapist, Arts Administrator, Community Artist, Photographer, Set Designer, Costume Designer, Prop Maker, Interior Designer, Architect, Crafts-maker, Graphic Designer, Illustrator, Furniture Designer, Product Designer, Animator, Web Designer, Curator and Film Maker.

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Art & Design Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston CentreandClifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 233: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

233

Page 234: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

ART & DESIGN MULTI-DISCIPLINARY (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis is a dynamic and fast paced course which will provide students with the opportunity to explore their creative potential in both 2-dimensions and 3-dimensions in the first year and progress to chosen specialisms in year 2. Through a range of vocational and studio-based assignments, students will develop practical skills and knowledge of design principles. If you opt to study at the Charnwood Centre you will begin your course with an exciting and comprehensive six-week exploration of your interests through a series of practical workshops in multiple disciplines – more detail will be given to you at interview. If you opt to study at the Beeston Centre you will specialise in Art and Design – Multi-disciplinary from the outset of your course.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher LevelCreative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A satisfactory reference will also be needed. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Contextual Studies• Fine Art – Painting, Drawing, Sculpture & Print• 3D Design – Product, Packaging & Furniture• 2D Design – Graphics, Textiles & Digital Design• 3D Crafts – Ceramics & Jewellery & Fashion

AssessmentAssessment is via coursework which is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials and includes marking and moderation by external examiners. You will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Interior, Furniture & Product Design• Artist, Curator, Teacher• Fashion Design & Textile Design• Theatre, Film & TV Design• Graphic Design & Animation & Advertising

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Art & Design Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston CentreandClifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 235: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

235TEXTILES, FASHION & DECORATIVE CRAFTS (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis unique course is dedicated to developing your skills across a range of textile disciplines. The focus of this course is to encourage you to explore and push the boundaries of traditional and contemporary textile and fashion skills, by investigating a wide range of materials, media and processes. The course responds to the ever changing demands of the textile, fashion and craft industries, focusing on sustainability, technological fabric and manufacturing developments. We will provide guidance on your portfolio, interviews, UCAS applications and employment preparation. Year 2 culminates in a final major project, allowing you to showcase your talent in a public exhibition. You will begin your course with an exciting and comprehensive six-week exploration of your interests through a series of practical workshops in multiple disciplines – more detail will be given to you at interview.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher LevelCreative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A satisfactory reference will also be needed. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/ModulesFashion• Pattern Cutting, Construction and Production• Fashion promotion, Marketing, Visual Merchandising & Fashion Illustration• Women’s/Men’s Wear, Children’s Wear, Bridal, Costumes, Contour Fashion, Knitwear, Footwear

Textiles• Constructed & Multi-Media Textiles • Surface Pattern & Printing • Design for Fashion, Interiors, Soft Furnishing, Accessories, Gift-Wrap

Decorative Crafts• Multi-Media – Paper-Making, Ceramics, Plaster, Wood, Metal, Fabrics and Plastic• Design for Products, Accessories, Packaging, Cards, Gifts and Jewellery

AssessmentAssessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials, and includes marking and moderation by external examiners.You will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education Institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Textile Design/Fashion Design• Fashion Retail, Promotion & Marketing• Costume & Theatre Design• Interior Furnishing• Visual Merchandising & Display

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Textiles Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 236: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThe course requires you to complete varied projects that meet the creative needs of the commercial world. The course aim is to introduce you to, and develop your understanding of, visual communication techniques and its many commercial graphical forms. Live commercial briefs developed with industry professionals are a feature of this course. Year 1 is underpinned by a Visual Studies programme, exploring broad illustrative media experimentation; traditional drawing and mixed-media techniques. You will receive guidance on portfolio, interviews, UCAS applications and your employment preparation. Year 2 culminates in your final major project, allowing you to showcase your talent in a public exhibition. You will begin your course with an exciting and comprehensive six-week exploration of your interests through a series of practical workshops in multiple disciplines – more detail will be given to you at interview.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher LevelCreative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A satisfactory reference will also be needed. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Advertising• Typography• Branding, Logo & Corporate Identity Design• Character Design, Development & Illustration• Adobe CS Photoshop, Illustrator & Indesign• Packaging, Promotion and Print Design

• DTP – Desk Top Publishing• Magazine Design• Web Page Design• Personal and Professional Development• Contextual Studies & Visual Studies

AssessmentAssessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials, and includes marking and moderation by external examiners. You will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education Institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Advertising & Marketing• Corporate Identity & Branding• Animation & Illustration• Typography & Web Page Design

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Graphic Design Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 237: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

237FOUNDATION STUDIES IN ART & DESIGN (LEVEL 3/4)

Course ContentThis course provides a diagnostic experience for students wishing to move into Higher Education and then pursue a career in Art & Design. It is concerned with the development of the individual, encouraging the student to experiment with and to develop a range of skills and concepts across Art & Design disciplines. The course aims to heighten the student’s visual and intellectual awareness through practical problem-solving activities and through critical-theoretical study. Following an intensive period of study across a range of 2D and 3D disciplines, students will be encouraged to develop their individual strengths within a chosen area prior to applying to Higher Education.

Entry RequirementsAll applicants will have successfully completed A level or a Level 3 equivalent as set out below. Normal entry requirements are a minimum of 5 passes at GCSE grade C or above (or equivalent) and A-Level passes in appropriate subjects. At least one GCSE subject must give evidence of ability in the use of English. Students will need to bring a portfolio of work to an interview that demonstrates both achievement and potential within Art and Design. Applicants with less than the minimum entry requirements should apply if they are committed and can provide a strong portfolio of work. Applicants with prior learning or other relevant experience are welcome to apply.

Subjects/Modules• 2D and 3D Workshops• Diagnostic Project Work (including Painting & Drawing, Textiles, Fashion, Graphics, Photography, IT, Illustration, Sculpture)• Life Drawing• Research Trips & Residential • Final Major Project• UCAS Application Preparation

AssessmentThe course comprises three stages, each of which must be passed in order to move on to the next. These are the Exploratory stage, Pathway stage and Confirmatory stage. Students are monitored and given feedback during the course in critiques, seminars and tutorials. Formal grading takes place at the end of the year.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionHigher Education courses such as BA Honours, Foundation Degree or Higher National Diploma. See the SNC HE Guide for information on:

• Foundation Degree in Visual Arts Practice• Foundation Degree in Photography Practice• Foundation Degree in Computer Games and Interactive Media• Foundation Degree in Textiles

All HE courses are validated by Nottingham Trent University.

Career opportunities include:

Some students may enter the Creative Industries directly at a junior level though most students will progress to Higher Education to pursue careers as professional graduate practitioners.

QualificationFoundation Studies in Art & Design Level 3/4

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston CentreandClifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 238: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

3D DESIGN – ARCHITECTURE (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis new addition to our art and designprogrammes builds on our experience in delivering Architecture. It offers a qualification to cater for individuals who have a keen interest in Architecture as well as offer a Level 3 qualification which is tailored specifically for progression to university Architecture degree programmes. We have successfully run an international one year foundation programme in Architecture for ten years (affiliated to Nottingham University). Alongside the creative and practical modules you will also work with construction tutors in the construction department to gain experience in building and joining methods, and realise 3D designs in large-scale. You will develop skills in Architectural sketching, model making and sculpture, as well as in Computer Aided Design (CAD) and 3D Modelling for architectural illustration and visualisation. You will learn about the main architectural movements and the important architects behind them to support your ideas development. The assignment briefs are based around scenarios that are industry relevant, and will help you create a good quality portfolio that you will be able to show to a future employer or university admissions tutor.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher LevelCreative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A satisfactory reference will also be needed. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Public Art• 3D Computer Modelling• 3D Design Media, Techniques & Technology• Large & Human Scale Working & Design• Management of Art & Design Projects• Design Methods in Art & Design

AssessmentAssessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials, and includes marking and moderation by external examiners. You will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education Institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Architectural Model Maker• Architectural Visualiser• Computer Aided Designer• Architectural Illustrator• Architect (requires a degree and further study)

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in 3D Design Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 239: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

239

Page 240: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

PHOTOGRAPHY & DESIGN (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course is aimed at students who have a keen interest in photography and design. You will acquire a creative grounding in taking photographs and exploring the art of displaying your images on the page, both hard copy and digitally. You will investigate the connections between image, colour, page layout, typography, whitespace and design. You will investigate the impact of how your work is perceived by a wider audience dependent on how it is presented. You will work in our state-of-the-art photographic studios and dark rooms, as well as in our professional standard computer studios. You will use industry standard Apple Mac computers and software.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills in English and/or Maths at Level 1. Evidence of an interest in the subject area in the form of a portfolio would be viewed favourably. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Working with Digital SLR Cameras• Experimental Photography • Working with Digital Illustrative and Graphic Design Processes and Techniques • Building an Art and Design Portfolio • Working in the Art and Design Industry

AssessmentLearners will produce a portfolio of work for continuous and on-going assessment throughout the year.

Essential InformationYou will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT whilst on a BTEC Level 2 Diploma. Essential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionLevel 3 Extended Diplomas.Further study at Level 3 is advised to make the career choices below more readily accessible.

Career opportunities include:

• Community Artist• Photographer• Graphic Designer• Illustrator• Animator• Web Designer• Art Teacher

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Photography & Design Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 241: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

241PHOTOGRAPHY (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is designed to equip you with the skills and insight necessary for a career in a photographic and related industry. It can also be a pathway to continued study at degree level. The course is essentially practical with relevant academic input. The photography department is extensively equipped to professional standards and comprises of photographic studios equipped with a wide range of electronic flash, fully automated B&W darkrooms, MAC Studios and a state-of-the-art electronic imaging centre and teaching rooms. The exploration of commercial and artistic photographic practice will be embedded into project work, together with an introduction to professional practice and on-going investigation into progression routes and opportunities. You will receive guidance on portfolio, interview, UCAS application and employment preparation. Year 2 culminates in a final major project, allowing you to showcase your talent in a public exhibition.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher LevelCreative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit Level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. A portfolio of work that demonstrates your achievements and potential is required. A satisfactory reference will also be needed. You will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• SLR Photography & Darkroom Processes• Digital Photographic processes• Professional Studio Skills• Design and Presentation Techniques

• Image Manipulation & Digital Applications• Photographic Genres: Documentary, Portraiture, Sport, Fashion, Landscape & Commercial• Critical & Contextual Studies

AssessmentAssessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials, and includes marking and moderation by external examiners. You will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education Institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Sports Photographer• Self-Employed Portrait Photographer• Journalistic Photographer• Commercial/Retail Photographer• Wildlife/Travel Photographer• Special Effects in Design, TV & Film• Fashion & Editorial Photographer• Medical Photographer

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Photography Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Beeston CentreandClifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 242: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

PRINT BASED MEDIA JOURNALISM (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course gives you the opportunity to develop journalistic skills to write and market effective copy for all publishing platforms. The course sits alongside our Extended Diploma in Creative Media Production and students on both courses will work collaboratively in support of our College radio station as well as in our TV studio. You will be on an intensely practical course which aims to see your work published. Journalists are inquisitive and confident, they make every moment count. If you want to have a career that puts you at the centre of events as they unfold, so you are the one who breaks the story to the public, then this is the course for you. This is a fast paced environment, where things change moment by moment. You will be feeding an industry constantly craving more news and information, you will need to be sure you can maintain the fast pace as well as produce accurate copy.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher Level Creative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit Level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. A satisfactory reference is also required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Understanding Print Based Media Industries • Writing Copy • Page Layout and Design • Marketing and Public Relations • Digital Communication • Interview Techniques • Factual Writing

• Photography and Photographic Practice• Working Freelance • Government and Public Services • Legal Issues and Media Law

AssessmentFunctional Skills in English, Maths or ICT while on a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma.Assessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials, and includes marking and moderation by external examiners.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education Institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Local Newspaper• Niche Magazine • Cable Channel • Regional Daily Newspaper• Consumer Magazine • Mainstream Television

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Print Based Media Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 243: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

243CREATIVE MEDIA PRODUCTION (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course introduces you to all aspects of Media Production. You will learn via a series of practical assignments, and will be actively involved in the week-long live FM broadcast radio shows. You will play a key role in a live television production before a live audience and a location based film production in the 1st year. We are the only College in the region to be members of the prestigious British Youth Film Academy giving you the opportunity to attend a summer camp and produce a professional feature film in the UK. You will work in a professional role taking responsibility for an aspect of media production, giving you direct experience of working within a media production team, something future employers will be keen to see. We have fully equipped digital editing studios, radio suites, TV studio and extensive portable digital recording equipment. We will teach you the practical and interpersonal skills necessary for you to progress into employment. You will become adept at team work, managing teams, budgeting, co-ordinating projects and securing locations and talent. These skills will complement and enhance your creative productions across the range of disciplines the course encompasses.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher Level Creative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit Level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. A satisfactory reference is also required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects / Modules• Video and Digital Editing• Radio and Television Production• Journalism• Short Film Production

AssessmentAssessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials, and includes marking and moderation by external examiners.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education Institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Video Switcher • Audio Technician • Director • Production Assistant • Lighting and Rigging Technician• Camera Operator • Videographer • Editor • Anchor • Graphics Operator • Press and PR Officer • Sound Designer • Facilities Manager

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Creative Media Production Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 244: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

CREATIVE MEDIA WITH COMPUTER GAMES DEVELOPMENT (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course gives you an overview of some of the key areas within creative media and computer games development. You will participate in teamwork producing and digitally editing video footage, working with audio equipment and producing advertising materials. This diverse course allows you to gain experience with 2D and 3D computer games engines. You will become competent in producing media based material focusing on vocational and practical activities. You will also explore Graphic Design within a media context; develop skills in publishing, broadcasting and digital editing in audio and moving image.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills in English and/or Maths at Level 1. Evidence of an interest in the subject area in the form of a portfolio would be viewed favourably. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Research for Creative Media Production • Communication Techniques for Creative Media Production • The Creative Media Sector • Media Audiences and Products • 2D and 3D Computer Games Engines

AssessmentLearners will produce a portfolio of work for continuous and on-going assessment throughout the year.

Essential InformationYou will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT whilst on a BTEC Level 2 Diploma. Essential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionLevel 3 Extended Diplomas.Further study at Level 3 is advised to make these career choices more readily accessible.

Career opportunities include:

Some students may enter the creative industries (television, radio, editing, broadcasting) directly at a junior level.

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Creative Media Production with Computer Games Development Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 245: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

245

Page 246: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

INTERACTIVE MEDIA GAME ART & DESIGN (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThe course will give you the skills required in various areas of the art and design based digital industries. 3D designs are created using both real modelling and software packages. Print and screen design are also featured using industrial relevant software. The assignments will ensure that you have every opportunity to get the best out of what you have learnt. This will help you create a high standard portfolio that you will be able to use to impress a future tutor or employer.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills in English and/or Maths at Level 1. Evidence of an interest in the subject area in the form of a portfolio would be viewed favourably. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/ModulesYou will cover essential elements including drawing, using a variety of media and 3D modelling, graphics and DTP and design software. The course is delivered by tutors who have relevant industrial and academic experience. We use PC hardware and students will have access to digital cameras, flatbed scanners and industry standard specialist software that includes Photoshop, AutoCAD and Flash, as well as Microsoft Office.

AssessmentLearners will produce a portfolio of work for continuous and on-going assessment throughout the year.

Essential InformationYou will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT whilst on a BTEC Level 2 Diploma. Essential materials used on the course can be purchased from City Centre shops. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionLevel 3 Extended Diplomas.Further study at Level 3 is advised to make these career choices more readily accessible.

Career opportunities include:

Some students may enter the creative industries directly at a junior level.

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Interactive Media Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 247: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

247INTERACTIVE MEDIA GAME ART & DESIGN (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentGame Art & Design will provide you with a broad range of skills and experience in game art, graphic design and multimedia, equipping you for the workplace or for study at higher education. The course has a strong emphasis on developing your drawing and 3D modelling skills within a game context, though you will also gain experience in design for print and in animation.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Creative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English or Maths GCSE or equivalent Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. All applicants are guaranteed an interview. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Computers in Art & Design• Interactive Media Authoring• Website Design• Typographic and Layout Design• Stop Motion Animation• Location Photography

AssessmentRegular assessment is carried out throughout the course using a wide range of assignments. There are no examinations for the Extended Diploma.

Essential InformationA small insurance fee will be required from students to cover any equipment repairs needed during the course. Trips and residentials may be part of the course and the costs for this will be discussed at interview. Any essential materials used on the course can be purchased on-site.

ProgressionSee the South Nottingham College HE Guide for the Foundation Degree (FdA or FdSc) in Computer Games and Interactive Media.

Career opportunities include:

Some students may enter the creative industries directly at a junior level though most students will progress to Higher Education to pursue careers as professional practitioners.

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Interactive Media Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location City Centre – Maid Marian Way

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 248: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

INTERACTIVE MEDIA WEB DESIGN & DIGITAL MEDIA (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis is a dynamic and stimulating course for those who wish to create multimedia interactive products. It is a practical course, using state-of-the-art technology in professionally equipped IT suites. You will be designing and making a range of products with the latest industry-standard software.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Creative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English or Maths GCSE or equivalent Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. All applicants are guaranteed an interview. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Digital Graphics• Web Design• 3D Modelling• Animation• Print Media• Digital Imaging• Music DVDs• Sound Technology

AssessmentRegular assessment is carried out throughout the course using a wide range of assignments. There are no examinations for the Extended Diploma.

Essential InformationA small insurance fee will be required from students to cover any equipment repairs needed during the course. Trips and residentials may be part of the course and the costs for this will be discussed at interview. Any essential materials used on the course can be purchased on-site.

ProgressionSee the South Nottingham College HE Guide for the Foundation Degree (FdA or FdSc) in Computer Games and Interactive Media.

Career opportunities include:

Some students may enter the creative industries directly at a junior level though most students will progress to Higher Education to pursue careers as professional practitioners.

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Interactive Media Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 249: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

249COMPUTER GAMES DEVELOPMENT (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course is an exciting opportunity for students wishing to get involved with the development of computer games. The course covers a range of topics to enable the student to gain the knowledge and skills required to design and produce new interactive virtual environments. The course covers all of the important aspects of games design - 3D Modelling, Digital Animation, Digital Imaging, Digital Sound Creation and Digital Video. This course is complementary to the Extended Diploma in Interactive Media and is for students wishing to specialise in Computer Games Development within the broader subject area of Multimedia. Applicants are advised to study the contents of both courses when deciding which is the most suitable for individual career needs.

Entry Requirements5 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher Level Creative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a BTEC First Diploma or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English and Maths GCSE or equivalent Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. All applicants are guaranteed an interview. You will need to provide a handwritten personal statement.

Subjects/Modules• Games Design• Digital Animation• 3D Modelling• Digital Video• Digital Sound Creation• Concept Art Creation

AssessmentRegular assessment is carried out throughout the course using a wide range of assignments. There are no examinations for the Extended Diploma.

Essential InformationA small insurance fee will be required from students to cover any equipment repairs needed during the course. Trips and residentials may be part of the course and the costs for this will be discussed at interview. Any essential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre.

ProgessionSee the South Nottingham College HE Guide for the Foundation Degree (FdA or FdSc) in Computer Games and Interactive Media.

Career opportunities include:

Some students may enter the creative industries directly at a junior level though most students will progress to Higher Education to pursue careers as professional practitioners.

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Media Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton – Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 250: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

MUSIC TECHNOLOGY (LEVEL 2)

Course ContentThis course is an introduction to the world of modern music and is designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge necessary to access this exciting and ever-developing industry. Whilst on the course you will become confident in using industry standard technology to develop skills in MIDI/audio recording and production techniques. You will participate in team-work to create a music product and live performance. You will also explore a wide range of musical genres including world music and associated cultures. You will use Pro Tools, Logic and Reason software during the course.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to D. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills in English and/or Maths at Level 1. Evidence of an interest in the subject area in the form of a portfolio would be viewed favourably. A satisfactory reference will be required.

Subjects/Modules• Working in the Music Industry• Professional Development in the Music Industry • Planning and Creating a Music Product• Exploring Musical Composition• Exploring Computer Systems Used by Musicians• DJ Technology and Performance • Producing a Musical Recording • The Musical World

AssessmentLearners will produce a portfolio of work for continuous and on-going assessment throughout the year.

Essential InformationYou will study one or more Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT whilst on a BTEC Level 2 Diploma. Essential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionLevel 3 Extended Diplomas.

Career opportunities include:

Further study at Level 3 is advised to make these career choices more readily accessible in the following areas: Producer, Musician, Engineer, Performer, A & R Person, Journalist, Promoter etc.

QualificationBTEC Diploma in Music Technology Level 2

Duration1 year

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton - Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 251: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

251

Page 252: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

MUSIC TECHNOLOGY (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course introduces you to the practical knowledge and skills required in professional music recording and programming. You will use industry standard computer hardware and software to create and edit audio sequences (midi sequencing) and will learn to ‘drive’ technology such as the multi-track mixing desk. You will also be equipped with professional skills to increase your employability within the music industry. The aim of the course is to produce multi-skilled individuals who have an excellent overview of how the industry functions and of the many opportunities that are available. You will use Pro Tools, Logic and Reason software throughout the course. In addition to all of the above, in the second year of the course you will have the chance to run your own record label (SNC Recordings). This involves contributing to a compilation CD both creatively and technically - and running an industry standard publicity campaign, culminating in a two-day launch party to promote the release at a professional external music venue. This experience encapsulates the market-facing ethos of the course and practically sets up the students for work in the Music Industry. Your released work will be available in selected record shops and via iTunes. You will work in a music studio environment, and take on the appropriate professional roles to produce finished recordings.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher Level Creative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Functional Skills at Level 2.

As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview. A satisfactory reference is also required.

Subjects/Modules• Studio Production Skills, CD Mastering, Editing and Compilation • Performance • Staging an Event and Promotion • A Thorough Exploration of the Music Industry and Music Business

AssessmentFunctional Skills in English, Maths or ICT while on a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma.Assessment is via coursework which is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials and includes marking and moderation by external examiners.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education Institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Sound Engineer • Producer • Music Industry Support Positions

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Music Technology Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton - Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 253: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

253MUSIC PERFORMANCE (LEVEL 3)

Course ContentThis course caters for students who have a passion for music performance. On this course you will involve yourself in all aspects of performance including DJ mixing skills, the use of music technology in performance, and the traditional “guitar bass and drums” approach. In addition to this, you will be encouraged to experiment with mixing musical structures and genres, and to involve yourself in the use of multimedia to enhance performance visuals. You will take part in live music shows, become familiar with backline management, acoustics, concert production and staging. You will be introduced to audio engineering principles, listening skills, and the production of music videos, and producing mixes and remixes in a variety of musical styles. You will use Pro Tools, Logic and Reason software throughout the course. In addition to all of the above, in the second year of the course you will have the chance to run your own record label (SNC Recordings). This involves contributing to a compilation CD both creatively and technically - and running an industry standard publicity campaign, culminating in a two-day launch party to promote the release at a professional external music venue. You will work in a music studio environment, and take on the appropriate professional roles to produce finished recordings.

Entry Requirements4 GCSEs at grades A* to C or a Higher Level Creative and Media Diploma (Level 2) or a relevant BTEC First/Level 2 Diploma at Merit level or equivalent qualifications. Qualifications must include English Language and/or Maths GCSE or Key/Functional Skills at Level 2. A satisfactory reference is also required. As part of your application you will need to provide a handwritten personal statement. You will need to bring this to interview.

Subjects/Modules• Music Technology in Performance• Working & Developing as a Music Ensemble • Marketing & Promotion in the Music Industry• Performance Skills • Composition• Live Sound

AssessmentAssessment is via coursework that is continuously reviewed and monitored at pre-set assessment stages and tutorials and includes marking and moderation by external examiners. Functional Skills in English, Maths or ICT while on a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma.

Essential InformationEssential materials used on the course can be purchased from the College shop based at your centre. There will be costs for trips and visits and these will be discussed at interview.

ProgressionThe Extended Diploma is a qualification recognised by employers and by Higher Education Institutions. It is the equivalent of 3 A-Levels. It is anticipated that the majority of students will seek specialist HE progression.

Career opportunities include:

• Performer • Promoter • Music Industry Support Positions • Self Employment

QualificationBTEC Extended Diploma in Music Performance Level 3

Duration2 years

Mode of StudyFull-time

Location Clifton - Charnwood Centre

How To ApplyApplication Form

Page 254: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES

South Nottingham College is dedicated to satisfying the education and training needs of the local community.

Students are motivated by a number of different factors and the College recognises that success is largely due to hard work and commitment from both the student and staff. Lectures, classes and sessions are conducted in a professional, challenging and stimulating manner that contribute to a fun and dynamic adult learning environment.

The following few pages highlight some of the additional facilities and services available to all of our students.

FUNCTIONAL SKILLS

Many academic qualifications are only indicators of an individual’s ability in a specific specialist area, whereas Functional Skills are the generic skills of English, Maths and ICT that are important in everything that students do:

• at school• at college• at work• at home• in preparing for university

Functional Skills have replaced what was known as Key Skills. All sectors, including employers, have been involved in the development of Functional Skills, so in a highly competitive world Functional Skills can be those extra qualifications that tip the balance in your favour when applying for a job or a university place. Functional Skills qualifications show that you can compete with the best.

CAREERS ADVICE & GUIDANCE

Whether you are looking for a general interest or leisure course, professional qualifications or a further or higher education programme, College staff can help you decide on the right course for you. You can discuss your career prospects or interests with one of the Colleges Career Advisors. A course tutor will be able to help with course specific queries. A full and impartial careers advice service is also available to all students before or during study.

Contact Student Services for more information: 0115 914 6414

CHILDCARE The nursery at the West Bridgford Centre can take children from 2-5 (and up to 8 for occasional days e.g INSET). The last Ofsted inspection judged that the quality and standards of care and education are good with outstanding features. “Partnerships with parents are exceptionally strong, ensuring children receive safe and individualised care. Staff take great care to promote inclusion, offering continuous and highly effective support for children and their families” Ofsted June 2011. Places are offered to students, staff and to the local community. Prices compare well with other providers and nursery vouchers can be used, the pricings is as follows:

Full day = £30, 4 hours = £15. 3 hours = £11, hourly rate = £5

Students can apply for funding through Student Finance. Visits are encouraged: please contact the Nursery Manager on 0115 914 6331 to discuss provision or to arrange a visit.Please be aware that the nursery will be open during term time only.

COLLEGE SERVICES & SUPPORT FOR STUDENTS

Page 255: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

255COUNSELLING SERVICE

South Nottingham College Counselling Service offers confidential counselling to any college student who is experiencing emotional difficulties, whether or not these are directly related to their studies. The Service is offered by a team of trained counsellors at our main College sites. We can also provide students with a resource list of help lines and agencies, which may be helpful if a student is in an urgent crisis. To make an appointment with a counsellor, you can pick up an appointment request form from Reception/Student Services at your centre of study. Or you can email ‘counsellors’ telling us which main sites you prefer for a counselling appointment.

ENRICHMENT OPPORTUNITIES

As well as studying on your chosen College course, there are a wealth of additional opportunities open to you. Have you considered volunteering, are you a talented sportsperson who can join our Sport Academy. Can you contribute to our Balls to Poverty programme, does your passion for music mean your songs need a wider audience via our record label? A selection of activities are referenced in this course guide. However please come and talk to us at our Information Evenings about these and other opportunities.

As the only College in Nottingham to be a member of the British Youth Film Academy all our students have the unique annual opportunity to experience working on the production set of a full length feature film. The option to spend up to five weeks on set over the summer offers significant experience of working with professionals. www.britishyouthfilmacademy.com

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The College has invested substantial financial resources into the development of Information Technology Suites at all of our Centres. The College has both PC and Apple Mac workstations and networks. We provide a wide range of applications, computer aided learning software and industry standard packages. Access to IT facilities, the internet and email services are available to all students upon completion of an induction-training package.

LIBRARY SERVICES

The College’s Library and Learning Resources Service plays a key role in helping to support students during their studies. The service helps to enhance and underpin the quality of education provided by the College to all students whether as individuals or groups. Libraries are based at the West Bridgford, Maid Marian Way, Beeston and Charnwood Centres and are well stocked with books, periodicals and journals relevant to all course programmes. Students can access electronic databases, an extensive audio-visual collection and the Internet. All libraries have short loan facilities and provide an audio-visual and photocopying service.

SPORTS, LEISURE & RECREATION

The College has Hair and Beauty Salons, called Salon Central. They are at our Beeston and West Bridgford Centres. These are used for student training and operate as commercial salons open to the public. There are College teams in a range of sports and we provide additional support for elite athletes as well as running full-time Sport Academies in Football, Hockey, Rugby, Golf and Dance. The College operates Fitness Centres called Active Central, in Clifton and Bulwell and are open to students at discounted monthly rates.

SITE FORUMS & STUDENT COUNCIL

The Site Forums are made up of course-representatives from all tutor groups within the College’s Schools. The Forum enables students to ‘have their voice’ and make changes to their course, School and the College. Groups of students can apply to the Forum for funding so they can do extra-curricular activities, e.g. trips. The Student Council is made up of representatives from the Site Forums and they meet every term to discuss College-wide issues.

Page 256: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

OFSTED INSPECTION

The College’s most recent OFSTED inspection maintained our reputation as a leading education provider in Nottinghamshire. All curriculum areas were graded as good (Grade 2) with Sport and Visual Arts both commended as having outstanding features.

Inspectors agreed with the College that curriculum provision is outstanding and meets the needs of learners, employers and the community exceptionally well.

Key strengths of the College include:

• Achievements and standards are good with outstanding features• Success rates have increased significantly since the last inspection and are now above the national average for all learners (85%, in top 10% nationally), and are outstanding for adult learners on level 1 long courses and learners aged 16 to 18 on level 2 long courses.• Responsiveness to the needs and interests of learners, employers, and the local community is outstanding as is the College’s approach to educational and social inclusion.• Learners make an outstanding contribution to both the local and wider community through exceptional initiatives such as ‘Balls to Poverty’ - a charity providing footballs and coaching in South Africa.• Extensive employer engagement• Excellent links with community organisations and schools• Very strong support for learners with learning difficulties and/or disabilities• A culture of putting learners first, alongside providing a high level of care, is well embedded.• Since the last inspection, strong leadership and highly effective actions have resulted in a faster upwards trend in achievement than that nationally.

FURTHER INFORMATION

Page 257: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

257South Nottingham College is one of the highest performing providers of Government funded training and assessment programmes and is established as a provider of commercial training. Through our Business Development Team, we provide relevant training that is delivered at a time, place and pace to suit the needs of employers and learners. The Business Development team works with organisations to provide reliable, relevant, flexible and successful programmes which are tailored to the employers’ needs to make them truly demand-led, measured through the achievement of the Training Quality Standard kite mark. Successful training outcomes are agreed before any programme starts and one of our managers is nominated as an employer’s point of contact. With regular updates given to the employer from our management team, learners are encouraged to get the maximum value from their learning. We have developed positive, long-term relationships with the employers we engage with.

Learners are encouraged to get the maximum value from their learning, with regular updates given to the employer from our management team. Learner success is evaluated against the initial training outcome, matched to the business need, carried out by an impartial Training Analyst. We also have a recruitment executive and support team to help employers source the right candidates for employment. Large or small, the Business Development Team is able to help provide training for employers in a whole range of subjects delivered by trainers who have the occupational experience to engage with the workforce, including:

• Business Services such as Administration, Customer Services, Front of House and Information Communication Technology• Cleaning and Support Services• Food and Drink Manufacture• Hospitality• Warehousing and Logistics• Health and Social Care• Horticulture and Environmental Services• Housing• Information Technology Practitioner• Leadership, Management and Enterprise• Public Services• Security• Maths and English

The South Nottingham College Business Development Team has successfully achieved the Training Quality Standard (TQS) kite-mark. The award is national recognition for organisations delivering high quality training to employers.

Business ServicesWe can offer a range of support to a business including vocational, non-vocational, bespoke and customised programmes that lead to formal qualifications. We can also help employers with a skills analysis of their workforce. Our Training Analyst will help look at the range of skills and qualifications employees hold, with a view to determining relevant training needs. Our Recruitment Executive will work with employers to help source suitable candidates for employment.

ApprenticeshipsThe Business Development Team work with employers to shape their apprenticeship programmes, putting the employer in the driving seat when designing an apprenticeship programme. We aim to make the apprenticeship fit the employer’s needs, and by working in partnership we will help to determine the content, time, place and pace of an apprenticeship. We will enable the framework to be achieved in a flexible programme.

Apprenticeships can be taken in a wide range of areas. Please see the Apprenticeship page at the front of this guide for a full listing.

If you require any further information or assistance, please call the team on 0115 945 7260 or email us at [email protected]

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT TEAM

Page 258: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

South Nottingham College has an excellent reputation for sporting and academic achievement. We strive to bring students together who seek to develop their sporting potential within our wide range of Sport Academies. Each Academy is led by staff with a wealth of knowledge and experience which supports the holistic development of the student athlete.

The College has Sport Academies in:

• Men’s Football • Women’s Football • Mixed Hockey • Men’s Rugby • Golf • Dance

The Academy offers:

• Intensive training programme (4-6 hours per week)• First class coaching with dedicated and experienced staff• Regular fixtures and competition in the British Colleges of Sport structure• Match day experience at high level competitions within the area.• Opportunities to gain internationally recognised coaching qualifications at Levels 1 & 2• Sports massage and sports therapy support.• Nutrition and fitness programmes (strength and conditioning, core stability)• Full-time academic study programme in a wide range of subjects with potential work placements at regional professional sports clubs • International sports tours• Support with USA College & University Sport Scholarship applications• Opportunities to coach/lead at schools and clubs in the local community• Additional academic tutor support

Entry Requirements for Academies For entry into the Sports Academy students must be enrolled on a full-time course, and attain minimum academic entry requirements. Students under 19 years can participate in competitions for the College. Students over 19 years can train with the squads but cannot participate in BCS competitions.

All Academies are monitored carefully and training and playing is dependent on students’ academic progress and commitment. If you think you’ve got what it takes, contact the College for more information.

The Academies are closely linked to and benefit strongly from the experience of South Nottingham College’s range of full-time courses in Sport and Fitness. Students must be enrolled on a full-time course at the College.

SPORT ACADEMY

Page 259: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

259The Institute of Travel and Tourism of The Gambia(ITTOG), is a Further Education College based in The Gambia run through a partnership with South Nottingham College. The Institute has been in operation for five years now. Adama Bah (Gambia) and Helen Wilcockson (South Nottingham College) have worked together for ten years on a range of tourism related projects. Mr Bah has contributed immensely to the student residential visits thatSouth Nottingham College have been making to The Gambia for the last twelve years, organising conferences and trips through the ground operators in the country.

Eight years ago Helen Wilcockson approached the senior management team at South Nottingham College to consider offering educational support to The Gambia, the result being the annual scholarship programme for Gambian students.Subsequently one student per year was chosen to come to Nottingham to study Travel and Tourism in the UK.

Lamin Bojang was the very first student and when he completed his Level 3 course he stayed for a further two years to undertake teacher training and gain invaluable experience teaching at SouthNottingham College. In 2007 Lamin returned to The Gambia to take on the role of senior lecturer at ITTOG when it was launched in January 2008. South Nottingham College now offers the twohighest performing students each year from ITTOG a scholarship to study in Nottingham. The successful candidates are chosen by the Gambian and South Nottingham College teams and the students also complete teacher training whilst in Nottingham.

ITTOG enhances the Nottingham-based course due to the exciting opportunities that it allows our learners to engage with, i.e. exchange programmes, cultural exchange and social development skills. Many of our learners view The Gambia residential as a life changing experience and ITTOG strongly helps in developing the opportunities available to our UK students. Past UK students have taken the opportunity when they have finished college to return to the Gambia and volunteer at ITTOG giving themselves and ITTOG both very exciting and beneficial work experience.

Our UK based students help to fund ITTOG engaging in many fundraising events including the organisation of an annual festival, allowing them to expand their personal skills. It also allows them the opportunity to be involved in various projects that are set in realistic environments for the travel and tourism industry. The festival has grown in professionalism and pays for the flights and accommodation of the Gambian scholarship students.

The extra activities and tangible work-experience undertaken during The Gambia residential and with ITTOG helps to develop the students as individuals and provides significant CV buildingopportunities. In addition prior to the residential to visit thier Gambian peers the students also study a C&G Global Citizenship qualification to help their understanding of global issues andother cultures.

THE INSITITUTE OF TRAVEL & TOURISM OF THE GAMBIA (ITTOG)

Page 260: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

COLLEGE HONOURED WITH QUEEN’S AWARDIn November 2011, South Nottingham College’s ‘Balls to Poverty’ charity sport programme was chosen to receive a Queen’s Anniversary Prize. The Prizes recognise and celebrate the outstanding work within higher and further education institutions and the impact that they have. The College was one of only 2 further education colleges in the ‘Diamond Jubilee’ (ninth) biennial round of the Queen’s Anniversary Prizes. The Awards are the UK’s most prestigious form of national recognition open to a UK academic or vocational institution.

In February 2012 a College delegation of staff and students travelled to Buckingham Palace to receive their award from Her Majesty the Queen and The Duke of Edinburgh.

Malcolm Cowgill, Principal & CEO, of South Nottingham College, said, “Balls to Poverty was set up to tackle major social challenges at home and abroad through sports training and football. It has had benefits for both the volunteers involved and the children in communities in Nottingham and South Africa that it has reached. We are extremely proud for the College’s work to be commended by this award.”

About Balls to PovertyBalls to Poverty is a fabulous charity based in South Nottingham College working with and for young people in Nottingham, South Africa and Uganda. You’ll be amazed by what we do.

We raise money to buy footballs and rugby balls to take out to South Africa and Uganda to kids in townships in the poorest areas of the country.

Students from South Nottingham College have visited South Africa for the last eight years to coach and play football and rugby with children from some of the most deprived townships and in April 2012, a group visited Uganda for the first time. To qualify to join the programme, students have to do well on their course and show commitment and dedication. They fundraise both for the programme and to buy balls and they are contracted to return to their local communities and schools to coach and talk about their trip.

In South Africa and Uganda, the coaching and the distribution of footballs and rugby balls helps keep children out of trouble. Crime figures have reduced and the Western Cape Province authorities attribute some of this to the influence of The Balls to Poverty Programme.

In Nottingham our students come from a variety of backgrounds and circumstances. Given the opportunity to join the programme, they can alter their own lives and influence others. We try to challenge the stereotypes of inner city youth and create mentors who can create change for communities.

Since we started in 2005 we have delivered coaching sessions for up to 38,000 young people and 16,000 young people across Nottingham. We have purchased and distributed 26,000 footballs and rugby balls across 32 townships in Cape Town, the Western and the Eastern provinces of South Africa and 4 ‘slum’ communities in Uganda. Over 180 students and 60 staff have taken part.

The Balls to Poverty Programme uses the international language of sport to reach young people in this country, South Africa and Uganda, to unlock hidden potential through empowerment and inspiration.

BALLS TO POVERTY

Page 261: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

261

Page 262: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

MAP OF OUR CENTRES

Nottingham

M1

M1

7 London Road Centre8 New Basford Engineering Centre9 Radford – People First Centre10 Ruddington Centre – EMCAT11 Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre12 West Bridgford Centre

1 Beeston Centre2 Beeston – Ellis Grove Centre3 City Centre – Maid Marian Way4 City Centre – Norwich Union House5 Clifton – Charnwood Centre6 Eastwood S.A.F.E Centre

93 4

7

12

8

211

6

5

10

1

Eastwood

New Basford

West BridgfordBeeston

Stapleford

Clifton

Ruddington

Page 263: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

263

Site / Location Bus Company Line Name/Number

BUSES TO COLLEGEThe College is well served by public transport. Below are details of each South Nottingham College centre along with the bus or buses running to each one.

Eastwood S.A.F.E Centre Trent Barton Rainbow 1

Trent Barton Black Cat

Beeston Centre NCT Orange 36

Trent Barton Indigo

Beeston – Ellis Grove Centre NCT Orange 36

Trent Barton Indigo

City Centre – Maid Marian Way NCT All Buses to City

Trent Barton All Buses to City

City Centre – Norwich Union House NCT All Buses to City

Trent Barton All Buses to City

Clifton – Charnwood Centre NCT Navy 2

Radford – People First Centre NCT Turquoise 77

NCT Turquoise 78

NCT Turquoise 79

Trent Barton Rainbow 1

Ruddington Centre – EMCAT Trent Barton Ruddington Connection

London Road Centre NCT All Buses to City

New Basford Engineering Centre NCT Yellow 68/69

NCT Yellow 70/71

Stapleford – Arthur Mee Centre Trent Barton Rainbow 4

West Bridgford Centre NCT Green 10

Page 264: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

COURSE LISTINGSACCESS TO HIGHER EDUCATIONBusiness 13Careers in Education 14Criminology & Law 16English & Humanities 17Nursing & Midwifery 18Pre-Access – Business 19Pre-Access – Generic 20Social Sciences (inc. Law) 22Social Sciences & Humanities (inc. History) 23

AUTOMOTIVE APPRENTICESHIPS – EMCATVehicle Accident Body Repair 27 – 28Vehicle Maintenance & Repair 25 – 26Vehicle Refinishing 30 – 31

AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE TECHNOLOGYMotorcycle Maintenance 34Motor Vehicle Craft 33Vehicle Fitting Operations 35Vehicle Maintenance & Repair 36, 38, 39, 40

BUSINESS, IT & PROFESSIONALAccounting 43Administration 44 – 46Business 47 – 49ICT Systems Support 54IT 51 – 53IT Networking & Support 56IT Software Development 57

CARE & CHILDHOOD STUDIESCaring for Children 59Childcare & Education 60 – 61Children’s Play Learning & Development 62Children & Young Peoples Workforce 64 – 65Health & Social Care 66 – 73

CONSTRUCTIONBricklaying 80 – 86Building Craft Operations 87Carpentry 88 – 96Cavity Wall Insulation 97Construction & Civil Engineering 98Construction Operations 99 – 100Joinery 75 – 79, 88Loft Insulation 101Occupational Work Supervision 102Painting & Decorating 104 – 109Plastering 110 – 117Plumbing 118 – 122Solar Photovoltaic 123Solar Thermal 125

ELECTRICALElectrical 128 – 130Electrotechnical Technology 131 – 132Engineering Operations 127

ENGINEERING & MANUFACTURINGEngineering 135 – 139, 143 – 144Engineering Operations 142Fabrication & Welding 140

Page 265: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

265FOUNDATION LEARNINGArt 156Construction 157 – 158Creative Media Production 161Foundation Learning – Entry 1, 2 & 3 149 – 151Foundation Learning – Level 1 ASD 152Foundation Learning – Lifeskills 148Foundation Learning – Sensory Skills 147GCSE 173Hair & Beauty 162Health & Social Care / Childcare 163 – 164Information Technology 165Media 160Motor Vehicle 166 – 168Progress Course 155Sport 169 – 170Travel & Tourism 171 – 172Weekly Course 154

HAIRDRESSING & BEAUTY THERAPYBarbering 179 – 182Beauty Therapy 185Hairdressing 178Hair & Beauty 175Hair & Make-up 176Make up Artistry 186Massage 187Nail Enhancements 184

LIFELONG LEARNING ESOL (English for Speakers of Other Languages) 189, 193ESOL with Maths & ICT 190 – 192ESOL 16-18 194

SCIENCE & ACADEMIC PROGRESSIONApplied Science 197Applied Science – Medical & Forensic 199 – 200Applied Science – Nursing 198Environmental Science 202Horticulture 201

SPORTBalls to Poverty 211 – 212Sport 205 – 206, 214 – 216Sports Business & Marketing 208Sport & Leisure 218Sports Media & Journalism 210Personal Training 217

TRAVEL & TOURISMAir Cabin Crew 221Resort Representative 221Travel & Tourism 222 – 224

UNIFORMED PUBLIC SERVICESPublic Services 226 – 228Uniformed Public Services 229

VISUAL ARTS & DIGITAL MEDIAArchitecture – 3D Design 238Art & Design 231 – 234, 237Computer Games Development 244, 249Creative Media 244Creative Media Production 243 – 244Graphic Design & Illustration 236Interactive Media – Game Art & Design 246 – 247Interactive Media – Web Design & Digital Media 248Journalism 242Music Performance 253Music Technology 250 – 252Photography 240 – 241Textiles, Fashion & Decorative Crafts 235

Page 266: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

FE Course Guide 2013/14

BEESTON CENTREHigh Road, Chilwell, BeestonNottingham, NG9 4AH

BEESTON – ELLIS GROVE CENTREEllis Grove, BeestonNottingham, NG9 1EP

BULWELL – ACTIVE CENTRALMellish Sports Centre, Kemmel RoadOff Piccadilly, BulwellNottingham, NG6 9FH

CITY CENTRE – MAID MARIAN WAYMaid Marian WayNottingham, NG1 6AB

CITY CENTRE – NORWICH UNION HOUSENorwich Union House, 8-12 South ParadeNottingham, NG1 2LH

CLIFTON – CHARNWOOD CENTREFarnborough Road, CliftonNottingham, NG11 8LU

LONDON ROAD CENTRELondon RoadNottingham NG2 3AH

NEW BASFORD ENGINEERING CENTRENETA House, Duke Street, New BasfordNottingham, NG7 7JN

RADFORD – PEOPLE FIRST CENTREAlfreton RoadNottingham, NG7 3NW

RUDDINGTON CENTRE – EMCATMere Way, Ruddington Fields Business Park Nottingham, NG11 6JZ

STAPLEFORD – ARTHUR MEE CENTREChurch Street, StaplefordNottingham, NG9 8GA

WEST BRIDGFORD CENTREGreythorn Drive, West BridgfordNottingham, NG2 7GA

Please note: Some courses may be held at the following non-College site.

EASTWOOD S.A.F.E CENTRE60 Nottingham Road, EastwoodNottingham, NG16 3NQ

LOCATIONS

Page 267: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14
Page 268: South Nottingham College FE Guide 2013/14

www.snc.ac.uk [email protected] 0115 914 6414